Columbia University Press Fall 2010 Catalog

Fate, Time, and Language
An Essay on Free Will

DaviD Foster Wallace

David Foster Wallace
t h e l at e n o v e l i s t ’ s l e g e n d a r y, u n P u b l i s h e d w o r k r e v e a l s t h e P h i l o s o P h i c a l f o u n d at i o n s o f h i s c e l e b r at e d f i c t i o n .

Long before he published Infinite Jest, David Foster Wallace wrote a brilliant critique of Richard Taylor’s argument for fatalism. In 1962, Taylor used six commonly-accepted philosophical presuppositions to imply that humans have no control over the future. Not only did Wallace take issue with Taylor’s method, which, according to him, scrambled the relations of logic, language, and the physical world, but he also called out a semantic flaw that lie at the heart of Taylor’s argument. Wallace was a great skeptic of abstract thinking as a negation of something more genuine and real. He was especially suspicious of certain theoretical paradigms— the cerebral aestheticism of modernism, the clever gimmickry of postmodernism—that abandoned “the very old traditional human verities that have to do with spirituality and emotion and community.” As Wallace rises up to meet the challenge of Taylor (not to mention a number of other philosophical heavyweights), we watch the perspective of a major novelist develop, along with a lifelong struggle to find solid ground for his soaring convictions. This volume reproduces Taylor’s original article and other works on fatalism cited by Wallace in his critique. James Ryerson, an editor at the New York Times Magazine, draws parallels in his introduction between Wallace’s philosophy and fiction.
Dav i D F o s t e r Wa l l ac e ( 1 9 6 2 – 2 0 0 8 ) wrote the acclaimed novels

An Essay on Free Will

"the real accomplishment of this work is not technical or argumentative but more like a moral victory. david foster wallace's intellectual powers have been used to set aright a world momentarily upended by an intellectual sleight of hand. he enlists clinical argument in defense of passionate intuition. he restores logic and language to their rightful places."—from the introduction by James ryerson

Infinite Jest and The Broom of the System and the story collections Oblivion, Brief Interviews with Hideous Men, and Girl with Curious Hair. His nonfiction includes the essay collections Consider the Lobster and A Supposedly Fun Thing I’ll Never Do Again, and the full-length work Everything and More.

$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15157-3 $60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15156-6 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52707-1
January

240 pages

P h i lo s o P h y / l i t e r a ry s t u d i e s

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: David Foster Wallace Literary Trust
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 1

The Preparation of the Novel
Lecture Course at the Collège de France (1978–1979)

Roland Barthes
Translated by Kate Briggs

t h e t h e o r i st s h a r e s h i s d e s i r e to d i s cov e r a n e w way o f w r i t i n g a n d , c o n s e q u e n t ly, a n e w way o f l i f e .

Completed just weeks before his death, these lectures mark a critical juncture in the career of Roland Barthes, declaring the intention, deeply felt, to compose a novel through an entirely untested method of writing. Unfolding over the course of two years, Barthes engaged in a unique pedagogical experiment: he would combine teaching and writing to “simulate” the creation of a novel, exploring every step of the collaborative process along the way. Barthes’s lectures move from the inception of an idea and the need to write something to the actual decision making, planning, and material act of producing a book. He meets the difficulty of transitioning from short, concise expressions (exemplified by his favorite literary form, haiku) to longer, uninterrupted flows of narrative, and he encounters a number of trials and setbacks. Barthes takes solace in a diverse group of writers, including Dante, whose own opus was similarly inspired by the death of a loved one. He also turns to classical philosophy and Taoism and the works of Chateaubriand, Flaubert, Kafka, and Proust. This volume includes eight elliptical plans for Barthes’s unwritten novel and notes that shed light on the critic’s view of photography. Along with Columbia University Press’s The Neutral: Lecture Course at the College de France (1977–1978) and a third forthcoming collection of Barthes lectures, this volume completes a profound exploration into the labor and love of writing.
r o l a n D B a r t h e s ( 1 9 1 5 –1 9 8 0 ) was one of the most influential crit-

Praise for roland barthes:

“roland barthes repeatedly compared teaching to play, reading to eros, writing to seduction. his voice became more and more personal, more full of grain, as he called it; his intellectual art more openly a performance, like that of the other great anti-systematizers. . . . all of barthes’s work is an exploration of the histrionic or ludic; in many ingenious modes, a plea for savor, for a festive (rather than dogmatic or credulous) relation to ideas. for barthes, the point is to make us bold, agile, subtle, intelligent, detached. and to give pleasure.”—susan sontag

ics and philosophers of the twentieth century. His works include Mythologies, S/Z, A Lover’s Discourse, and Camera Lucida.
Kat e B r i g g s is a scholar and translator based in Paris who has also

translated the work of Michel Foucault.

$29.50s / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-13615-0 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-13614-3
november

512 pages / 65 illus.
l i t e r a ry s t u d i e s

eu r o P ea n P e r s Pe ctives: a se ries in social t ho u ght and cu ltural cr iticism

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: George Borchardt Inc.
2 | fa l l 2010

Julia Kristeva
Translated by Jeanine Herman

t h e P r o v o c at i v e i n t e l l e c t u a l r e f r a c t s t h e i m P u l s e t o h at e t h r o u g h t h e P r i s m o f P s yc h o a n a ly s i s a n d t e x t.

Dividing her essays into worlds, women, psychoanalysis, religion, portraits, and writing, Julia Kristeva explores the phenomenon of hate (and our attempts to subvert, sublimate, and otherwise process the emotion) through key texts and contexts. Her inquiry spans the themes, topics, and figures that have been central to her writing over the past three decades, and her paths of discovery advance the theoretical innovations that are so characteristic of her thought. Kristeva rearticulates and extends her analysis of language, abjection, idealization, female sexuality, love, and forgiveness. She examines the “maladies of the soul,” utilizing the ailments of her patients (fatigue, irritability, and general malaise), the Bible, and texts by Marguerite Duras, St. Teresa of Avila, Roland Barthes, Simone de Beauvoir, and Georgia O’Keefe. Kristeva balances political calamity and individual pathology, addressing internal and external catastrophes, and global and personal injuries, and she confronts the nature of depression, obliviousness, fear, and the agony of being and nothingness. Psychoanalysis remains the key to serenity, with its turning back, looking back, investigation of the self, and refashioning of psychical damage into something useful or beautiful. Constant questioning, Kristeva contends, is essential to achieving a coming to terms.
J u l i a K r i s t e va is professor of linguistics at the

julia kristeva

t r a n s l at e d b y

Jeanine Herman

P r a i s e f o r J u l i a k r i s t e va :

“Julia kristeva changes the order of things: she always destroys the latest preconception, the one we thought we could be comforted by, the one of which we could be proud: what she displaces is the already-said, that is to say, the insistence of the signified; what she subverts is the authority of monologic science and of filiation.”—roland barthes

Université de Paris VII and author of This Incredible Need to Believe, Murder in Byzantium, Strangers to Ourselves, New Maladies of the Soul, Time and Sense, Hannah Arendt, and Melanie Klein. She is the recipient of the Hannah Arendt Prize for Political Thought and the Holberg International Memorial Prize.
J e a n i n e h e r m a n is the translator of Julia Kristeva’s

The Powers and Limits of Psychoanalysis.
$29.50s / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-14324-0 $29.50s / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-51278-7
January

320 pages

P h i lo s o P h y eu roPe an Pers P e ctives: a s e ries in s ocial thought and c ultural cr iticism

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Libraire Arthème Fayard
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 3

forgiveness

h at r e d a n d

Hatred and Forgiveness

Compiled by The AmeriCAn SoCieTy of mAgAzine ediTorS

The Best American Magazine Writing 2010
Compiled by The American Society of Magazine Editors
Introduction by Jon Meacham

2010
inTroduCTion By

the best american magazine writing

mitch Albom Bryan Burrough Sheri fink Atul gawande elizabeth Kolbert michael Lewis megan mcArdle daphne merkin michael Pollan Salman rushdie James Stewart fareed zakaria

“balanced, comprehensive, thought-provoking, involving, and well-crafted.”—Library Journal

Jon meACHAm

“the compulsive readability of a good novel, but the immediacy and moral power of good journalism.”—Irish Times

The Best American Magazine Writing 2010 is the strongest evidence yet that the narrative and purpose of print journalism is as vital as ever, providing entertainment, connection, perspective, and unprecedented revelation in increasingly imaginative and engaging ways. This year’s selections, chosen from among the finalists of the National Magazine Awards, include David Grann’s muchdiscussed article on the legal execution of a possibly innocent man in the New Yorker; Shari Fink’s report on alleged euthanization of patients during Hurricane Katrina in the New York Times Magazine; and John H. Richardson’s widely read feature on America’s last late-term-abortion doctor in Esquire. The Best American Magazine Writing 2010 continues to thrill with its captivating profiles, absorbing personal essays, amusing encounters, and entrancing fiction. Jonathan Van Meter offers rare access to one of literature’s most enigmatic marriages in New York; Daphne Merkin recounts her harrowing experience with chronic depression in the New York Times Magazine; John Spong recalls a colorful night at a Texas dance hall in Texas Monthly; and Mitch Albom rediscovers the spirit of Detroit in its devotion to athletics in Sports Illustrated. James Stewart, Michael Lewis, Megan McArdle, and Bryan Burrough conduct stellar coverage of the year’s financial issues, and Michael Pollan and Atul Gawande contribute fascinating pieces on health and health care reform. Salman Rushdie, George Saunders, and Anthony Doerr are among the nominated short story writers.
t h e a m e r i c a n s o c i e t y o F m ag a z i n e e D i to r s ( a s m e ) is a non-

profit professional organization for editors of print and online magazines edited, published, and distributed in the United States.
J o n m e ac h a m is editor of Newsweek and the Pulitzer Prize–winning

author of American Lion: Andrew Jackson in the White House.
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-15753-7
november

520 pages

J o u r n a l i s m / a n t h o lo gy

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: McCormick Williams Agency

4 | fa l l

2010

Cheese, Pears, and History in a Proverb
Massimo Montanari
Translated by Beth A. Brombert

“ Do not let the peasant know how good cheese is with pears.”

a wo r l d r e n ow n e d h i sto r i a n o f fo o d a n d t h e m i d d l e ag e s e xa m i n e s t h e P ow e r o f l a n g uag e to s h a P e a s o c i a l t r u t h .

“Do not let the peasant know how good cheese is with pears” goes the extremely well known yet hard to decipher saying. Intrigued by this proverb, which has endured since the Middle Ages, Massimo Montanari launches an adventurous history of its origins and utility. Perusing archival cookbooks, agricultural and dietary treatises, literary works, and anthologies of beloved proverbs, Montanari finds in the nobility's demanding palettes and delicate stomachs a deep love of cheese with pears from medieval times onward. At first, cheese and its visceral, earthy pleasures was treated as the food of Polyphemus, the uncivilized man-beast. The pear, on the other hand, became the symbol of ephemeral, luxuriant pleasure— the indulgence of the social elite. Joined together, cheese and pears embodied an exclusive savoir faire, especially as the notion of taste as a natural phenomenon evolved into a cultural attitude. Montanari’s delectable history straddles the line between written and oral tradition, between economic and social relations, and it thrills in the vivid power of mental representation. He ultimately discovers that the ambiguous proverb, so wrapped up in history, is not a repository of shared wisdom but a rich locus of social conflict.
massimo mo n ta n a r i is professor of medieval history
p h oto : Kris Snibbe

in a Proverb

Massimo Montanari

“massimo montanari is an incredibly elegant writer capable of handling the most laboriously researched topics with disquieting stylistic grace. he is the perfect embodiment of both unsurpassable competence and rhetorical virtuosity.” —luigi ballerini, university of california, los angeles

and the history of food at the Institute of Paleography and Medieval Studies, University of Bologna. He has authored and coauthored more than a dozen books, including Food Is Culture; Italian Cuisine: A Cultural History; Food: A Culinary History; and Famine and Plenty: The History of Food in Europe.
B e t h a . B r o m B e r t is the author of Edouard Manet:

Rebel in a Frock Coat and the critically acclaimed biography Christina: Portraits of a Princess.

$26.50s / £18.50 cloth 978-0-231-15250-1 $26.50s / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-52693-7
se Pt ember

136 pages

f o o d / h i s to ry arts and t r aditions of the table: Pers Pe ctives on c ulinary hi story

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Gius. Laterza & Figli S.p.A
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 5

GRAPHIC GUIDE
to the

A

DNA
A Graphic Guide to the Molecule that Shook the World

MOLECULE that SHOOK the WORLD

Israel Rosenfield, Edward Ziff, and Borin Van Loon
a r i c h d e P i c t i o n o f d n a’ s o n g o i n g s c i e n t i f i c a n d s o c i a l r e vo lu t i o n .

With humor, depth, and philosophical and historical insight, DNA reaches out to a wide range of readers with its graphic portrayal of a complicated science. Suitable for use in and out of the classroom, this volume covers DNA’s many marvels, from its original discovery in 1869 to early-twentieth-century debates on the mechanisms of inheritance and the deeper nature of life’s evolution and variety.
Israel Rosenfield, Edward Ziff, & Borin Van Loon

Praise for the Previous edition:

“all the main points are here—the discoveries, the competition among scientists, the great debate over where genetic engineering may lead us. . . . for anyone who knows something about the subject, DNA is fun. for those whose ignorance is total, it offers a good first step toward literacy in the world’s most important language.” —New York Times Book Review “read it and enjoy it, and try to give it to your friends before they give it to you.”—Nature

Even readers who lack a background in science and philosophy will learn a tremendous amount from this engaging narrative. The book elucidates DNA’s relationship to health and the cause and cure of disease. It also covers the creation of new life forms, nanomachines, and perspectives on crime detection, and considers the philosophical sources of classical Darwinian theory and recent, radical changes in the understanding of evolution itself. Borin Van Loon’s humorous illustrations recount the contributions of Gregor Mendel, Frederick Griffith, James Watson, and Francis Crick, among other biologists, scientists, and researchers, and vividly depict the modern controversies surrounding the Human Genome Project and cloning.
i s r a e l r o s e n F i e l D teaches at the City University of New York. His

books include The Invention of Memory: A New View of the Brain and The Strange, Familiar, and Forgotten: An Anatomy of Consciousness.
e DWa r D z i F F is professor of biochemistry and neural science at the

New York University School of Medicine. With Israel Rosenfield, he has written about evolution and the brain for the New York Review of Books.
B o r i n va n lo o n has been a freelance illustrator since 1977 and has

designed and illustrated fifteen documentary comic books.

$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-14271-7 $60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14270-0 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-51231-2
f eb r ua ry

288 pages / Illus. throughout
s c i e n c e / b i o lo gy

All Rights: Columbia University Press

6 | fa l l

2010

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 7

Diagnosis: Schizophrenia

diagnosis schizophrenia
A Com pr e h e n s ive “An excellent guide for patients and their families.” —Library Journal r e sou rCe for C o n s u m e r s , fA m i li e s , A n d h e lp i n g p r o f e s s i o n A ls

A Comprehensive Resource for Consumers, Families, and Helping Professionals Second Edition

Rachel Miller and Susan E. Mason
“an excellent guide for patients and their families.”—Library Journal (starred review)

r ac h e l m i l l e r and s u s a n e. m as o n
Secon d e dition

Thirty-five young, recently diagnosed patients speak about schizophrenia and the process of recovery, while two specialists illuminate the medical science, psychoeducation, and therapeutic needs of those coping with the illness, as well as access to medical benefits and community resources. A remarkably inclusive guide, this volume informs patients, families, friends, and professionals, detailing the possible causes of schizophrenia, medications and side effects, the functioning of the brain, and the value of rehabilitation and other services. Participants confront shame, stigma, substance use, and relapse issues and the necessity of healthy eating, safe sex practices, and coping skills during recovery. Clinicians elaborate on the symptoms of schizophrenia, such as violent and suicidal thoughts, delusions, hallucinations, memory and concentration problems, trouble getting motivated or organized, and anxiety and mood disorders. Adopting an uplifting tone of manageability, participants, authors, and clinicians offer more than advice—they prescribe hope.
“far easier to understand than the classic title for [people with schizophrenia] and their families.”—Publishers Weekly “very approachable and offers practical advice on managing symptoms of schizophrenia on a day-to-day basis and in different aspects of life, much needed by people moving toward mental health recovery.”—fang-pei chen, columbia university school of social work
r ac h e l m i l l e r is a social worker for the National Institute of Mental

“incorporates new information on the brain, genetic issues, medication management, treatment, and coping with symptoms and problems. no other book offers such comprehensive coverage in a style that intertwines stories with research. it provides individuals, family members, and friends with a comprehensive and useful resource. social workers, counselors, physicians, nurses, psychologists, and students in these professions will also find this invaluable for quick information that can easily be shared with patients and their families.”—shelly a. wiechelt, university of maryland, school of social work

Health, Child Psychiatry Branch.
s u sa n e . m as o n is professor of social work and sociology at Yeshiva

University’s Wurzweiler School of Social Work.
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15041-5 $59.50s / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-15040-8 $59.50s / £41.00 ebook 978-0-231-52102-4
Ja n ua ry

240 pages / 5 illus. / 6 tables
P syc h o lo gy / h e a lt h

All Rights: Columbia University Press

8 | fa l l

2010

Vaccines and Your Child
Separating Fact from Fiction

Paul A. Offit, M.D., and Charlotte A. Moser
f i n a l ly, a c o n c i s e , t r u s t w o r t h y g u i d e t h at c u ts t h r o u g h t h e co n f u s i o n a n d m i s i n f o r m at i o n a b o u t va c c i n e s .

Paul A. Offit, M.D., and Charlotte A. Moser, leading advocates for modern vaccines, answer parents’ numerous questions about the underlying science of modern vaccines and the value of childhood immunization. While forthrightly addressing parents’ concerns about vaccine safety, the authors explain how vaccines work, how they are made, and what goes into their making, as well as real risks, balanced against the danger of childhood infectious diseases and the threat of diseases that have reemerged due to declining childhood vaccination rates. Offit and Moser address fears that children may receive too many vaccines too early. They consider the evidence that the HPV vaccine may cause chronic fatigue or other dangerous side effects, and they lay to rest any worries that additives and preservatives in vaccines cause autism. The authors warn against complacency and a false sense of security or the notion that a disease is too remote to do a child serious harm. There couldn’t be a better moment—or a more pressing need—for a book that offers honesty, not hype, about protecting children’s health.
Pa u l a . o F F i t, m . D. is the chief of Infectious Diseases and the di-

P r a i s e f o r Pa u l o f f i t ’ s P r e v i o u s title with columbia university P r e s s , Au T I s m ’ s FA L s e P R o P h e T s : BAD scIeNce, RIskY meDIcINe, AND The seARch FoR A cuRe:

“arguably the most courageous and knowledgeable scientist about vaccines in the united states”—robert goldberg, New York Post “Paul a. offit is one of the most respected scientists and clinicians in a field of vital importance to public health”—Patricia m. rodier, Bioscience

rector of the Vaccine Education Center at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, as well as the Maurice R. Hilleman Professor of Vaccinology and professor of pediatrics at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. In addition to Autism’s False Prophets, he has authored Vaccinated: One Man’s Quest to Defeat the World’s Deadliest Diseases and The Cutter Incident: How America’s First Polio Vaccine Led to the Growing Vaccine Crisis.
c h a r l o t t e a . m o s e r is the assistant director of the Vaccine

Education Center at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and creator of the center’s program for parents, known as Parents PACK. She has developed a variety of educational materials about vaccines, oversees the center’s Web content and contact center, and writes the e-mail newsletter for Parents PACK, which has several thousand subscribers.

$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-15307-2 $16.95t / £11.95 ebook 978-0-231-52671-5
fe bruary

256 pages

h e a lt h / m e d i c i n e

World English-language Rights except Audio, Film & TV Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Zack Company, Inc.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 9

Truth, Errors, and Lies
Politics and Economics in a Volatile World

Grzegorz W. Kolodko
“grzegorz w. kolodko is one of the most acute observers of the international economy, based on his long experience as both a practitioner and an academic. kolodko’s writings are always an important starting point for debate and discussion about the political economy of globalization.”—francis fukuyama, author of The end of history

Grzegorz W. Kolodko, one of the world’s leading authorities on economics and development policy, predicted our global economic crisis. In this book, he applies his far-reaching expertise to the past and future of the world economy. Deploying a novel mix of scientific evaluation and personal observation, Kolodko begins with a brief discussion of misinformation and its perpetuation in economics and politics. He criticizes the simplification of complex economic issues and investigates the link between developments in the global economy and cultural change, scientific discoveries, and political fluctuations. Underscoring the necessity of conceptual and theoretical innovation, Kolodko offers a provocative study of globalization and the possibility of coming out ahead in an era of worldwide interdependence. Deeply critical of neoliberalism, which sought to transfer economic control exclusively to the private sector, Kolodko explores the virtues of social-economic development and the new rules of the economic game. A website will complement the book, www.volatileworld.net
"distills the lessons for development learned during a whole life of work and observations by a thinker and practitioner of economic transition and real-world politics" —Justin yifu lin, chief economist and senior vice president, world bank
p h oto : Krzysztof Grazawski

“grzegorz w. kolodko has been an important player in the transition of the Polish economy and has wide experience and original insights into themes and trends in the international economy. every reader with an interest in economic development can benefit from reading this book.”—robert a. mundell, nobel laureate in economic sciences “thanks to the successful marriage of economics, history, sociology, politics, and literature, Truth, errors, and Lies is light reading but not devoid of theoretical gravity, ideal for the beach and, at the same time, just right for a university seminar.”—Le monde Diplomatique

g r z e g o r z W. Ko lo D Ko was Poland’s deputy prime

minister and minister of finance from 1994 to 1997 and from 2002 to 2003. He is now a professor of political economy at Kozminski University in Warsaw.

$34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-15068-2 $34.95t / £23.95 ebook 978-0-231-52156-7
fe bruary

464 pages

economics / Politics

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Proszynski Media Sp. z.o.o.

10 | fa l l

2010

Terror, Religion, and Liberal Thought
Richard B. Miller
e s ta b l i s h i n g a n e t h i c s t h r o u g h w h i c h t h e t o l e r a n t c a n a c c e P t t h e i n t o l e r a n t, e v e n i f e x t r e m e a n d v i o l e n t.

Terror,

Religious violence may trigger feelings of repulsion and indignation, especially in a society that encourages toleration and respect, but rejection contradicts the very principles of inclusion that define a democracy and its core moral values. How are we to think ethically about religious violence and terrorism, especially in the wake of an atrocity such as 9/11? Known for his skillful interrogation of ethical issues pertaining to religion, politics, and culture, Richard B. Miller returns to the basic tenets of liberalism to divine an ethical response to extremism. He questions how we are to think about the claims and aspirations of political religions that conflict so deeply with liberal norms and practices, and he suggests how liberal critics can speak in ways that respect cultural and religious difference. Miller explores other concerns within these investigations as well, such as the protection of human rights and a liberal democratic commitment to multicultural politics. As he relates religion and ethics, Miller presents a new lens through which we can view political religions and their moral responsibilities. His probing queries also force us to rethink our response to 9/11.
"a judicious application of the liberal tradition to thinking through a moral evaluation of and response to 9/11 and intercultural critique. both are significantly informed by robust and nuanced understandings of respect for persons, toleration, and equality in a multicultural world, as well as human rights."—sumner twiss, florida state university
r ichar D B. mi ller is director for the Poynter Center for the Study of

Religion,
& Liberal Thought
R i c h a R d B. M i l l e R

"an outstanding work. the discussion ranges widely and comfortably in diverse areas of scholarly inquiry. it is also a courageous work, neither apologetic nor ideological. it takes the basic, widely accepted, settled ideas of political liberalism, applies them to a particular historical context, and follows to clear and judicious conclusions." —gabriel Palmer-fernandez, youngstown state university

Ethics and American Institutions and professor of religious studies at Indiana University. He is the author of Interpretations of Conflict: Ethics, Pacifism, and the Just-War Tradition and Casuistry and Modern Ethics: A Poetics of Practical Reasoning.

$24.50s / £17.00 cloth 978-0-231-15098-9 $24.50s / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-52186-4
se Pt ember

272 pages

P o l i t i c s / r e l i g i o n / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s co lumbia s e ries on r eligion and Politics

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 11

The Power of Religion in the Public Sphere
The Power of religion in The Public SPhere
Judith Butler, Jürgen Habermas, Charles Taylor, and Cornel West
Edited and Introduced by Eduardo Mendieta and Jonathan VanAntwerpen Afterword by Craig Calhoun
JudiTh buTler JÜrgen habermaS c h a r l e S Tay l o r
EditEd and introducEd by

cornel weST

f o u r m a J o r P o l i t i c a l P h i lo s o P h e r s d i s c u ss t h e P l a c e o f r e l i g i o n i n s o c i e t y, c u lt u r e , a n d g o v e r n m e n t.

E d u a r d o M E n d i E ta J o n at h a n V a n a n t w E r p E n
aftErword by

Craig Calhoun

"The Power of Religion in the Public sphere marks the event of a conversation among four of the world's leading public intellectuals on a subject that is one of the most important and widely discussed issues in contemporary theory and public policy. it is an exciting and original exchange that at once presses these figures to declare themselves on the proper place of religion in the public sphere and at the same time allows them to clarify their already significant contributions to the matter."—Jeffrey robbins, lebanon valley college

The Power of Religion in the Public Sphere is a rare opportunity to experience how preeminent philosophers tackle one all-encompassing concern: what role does—or should—religion play in our public lives? Judith Butler’s response reflects her recent work on state-sponsored violence in Israel, examining the function of religion within the context of cultural critique. Jürgen Habermas, best known for his innovative conception of the public sphere, explores the limits of secularism, the enduring importance of religion, and the political significance of religious tolerance. Charles Taylor takes stock of our post-Chistendom Christianity and the need for a radical redefinition of secularism, and Cornel West passionately defends civil disobedience and emancipatory theology, especially in the service of civil rights and just opposition to war. In their introduction, Eduardo Mendieta and Jonathan VanAntwerpen detail the immense contribution of these philosophers to contemporary scholarship and, specifically, to the issues of direct concern to the volume. In an afterword, Craig Calhoun discusses the effect of these approaches on the national and international sphere.
J u D i t h B u t l e r is the Maxine Eliot Professor in the Department of

a columbia|ssrc book

Rhetoric and Comparative Literature at the University of California at Berkeley.
J ü r g e n h a B e r m a s is a German philosopher and sociologist and for-

mer director of the Institute for Social Research at the University of Frankfurt.
c ha r l e s tay lo r is a Canadian philosopher and professor emeritus of

political science and philosophy at McGill University.
c o r n e l W e s t is an American philosopher, critic, pastor, and civil

rights activist. He is a Class of 1943 University Professor at Princeton University, where he teaches in the Center for African American studies
$19.50s / £13.50 paper 978-0-231-15646-2 $59.50s / £41.00 cloth 978-0-231-15645-5 $59.50s / £41.00 ebook 978-0-231-52725-5
fe bruary

and the Department of Religion.

128 pages

r e l i g i o n / P o l i t i c s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / ssrc b o ok

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Authors
12 | fa l l 2010

An Ethics for Today
Finding Common Ground Between Philosophy and Religion

Richard Rorty
Introduction by Gianni Vattimo

AN ETHICS FOR
t h e l at e P h i l o s o P h e r b r i d g e s s e c u l a r i s m a n d s P i r i t u a l i t y a n d c o n f r o n t s t h e c l a i m t h at r e l at i v i s m c h a l l e n g e s s P i r i t u a l a u t h o r i t y.
FINDING COMMON GROUND BETWEEN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION

Richard Rorty is famous, maybe even infamous, for his philosophical nonchalance. His groundbreaking work not only rejects all theories of truth but also dismisses modern epistemology and its preoccupation with knowledge and representation. At the same time, the celebrated pragmatist believed moral questions did not have universally valid answers, leading to a complex view of religion rarely expressed in his writings. In this posthumous publication, Rorty, a strict secularist, finds in the pragmatic thought of John Dewey, John Stuart Mill, Henry James, and George Santayana a political imagination shared by many religious traditions. His intent is not to promote belief over nonbelief, or to blur the distinction between religious and public domains, but to locate patterns of similarity and difference for an ethics of decency and a politics of solidarity. He particularly responds to Pope Benedict XVI and his campaign against postmodern inquiry. Whether holding theologians, metaphysicians, or political ideologues to account, Rorty remains steadfast in his opposition to absolute uniformity and its exploitation of political strength.
“richard rorty’s argument rather clearly and succinctly brings the claims of pragmatism to issues at the heart of catholic politics—a clash between relativism and fundamentalism that is in many ways emblematic of the larger struggles between religious and secular traditions across the globe.”—robert t. valgenti, lebanon valley college
r i c h a r D r o r t y ( 1 93 1 – 2 0 07 ) was professor of comparative literature

I N T R O D U C T I O N

BY

GIANNI VATTIMO

"contrary to richard rorty’s previous writings on religion, this book engages in a critical debate with the dogmatic and metaphysical affirmations of Pope benedict xvi on human nature, relativism, and homosexuality. commenting on John stuart mill, george santayana, martin heidegger, John dewey, Jürgen habermas, and Peter singer's progressive philosophies, rorty shows how the pope belongs to those fundamentalist intellectuals who still believe that truth is greater than any other value, including democracy."—santiago Zabala, Johns hopkins university

and philosophy at Stanford University.
g i a n n i vat t i m o is emeritus professor of philosophy at the University

of Turin and a member of the European Parliament.

$17.95t / £12.95 cloth 978-0-231-15056-9 $17.95t / £12.95 ebook 978-0-231-52543-5
november

112 pages

P h i lo s o P h y co lumbia s e ries on r eligion and Politics

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Bollati Boringhieri Editore

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 13

Democracy in What State?
Giorgio Agamben, Alain Badiou, Daniel Bensaid, Wendy Brown, Jean-Luc Nancy, Jacques Rancière, Kristin Ross, and Slavoj Žižek
Translated by William McCuaig

a m o n u m e n ta l c o l l a b o r at i o n a m o n g t h e w o r l d ’ s t o P P h i l o s o P h e r s o n t h e n at u r e a n d P u r P o s e o f c o n t e m P o r a r y d e m o c r a c y.

"this collection is an extremely significant contribution to the critical debate on the current state of world politics and, more specifically, the role of the term 'democracy' in political theory and practice. it includes invited contributions and interviews with a battery of intellectuals who possess a rare conceptual pedigree, including some of the most well-known living european philosophers, and the welcome contribution of two renowned american intellectuals."—gabriel rockhill, villanova university

“Is it meaningful, as far as you are concerned, to call oneself a democrat? And if so, how do you interpret the word?” In responding to this question, eight iconoclastic thinkers prove the rich potential of democracy and its critical weaknesses. They also reconceive the practice for new political and cultural realities. Giorgio Agamben traces the history of constitutions and their coexistence with various governments. Alain Badiou contrasts current democratic practice with democratic communism. Daniel Bensaid ponders the institutionalization of democracy, while Wendy Brown discusses the democratization of society under neoliberalism. Jean-Luc Nancy measures the difference between democracy as a form of rule and as a human end, while Jacques Rancière highlights its egalitarian nature. Kristin Ross identifies hierarchical relationships within democratic practice, and Slavoj Žižek complicates the distinction between desiring to own the state and hoping to do without it.
g i o r g i o ag a m B e n teaches at the Università IUAV di Venezia, the

Collège International de Philosophie in Paris, and the European Graduate School in Saas-Fee, Switzerland. a l a i n B a D i o u is René Descartes Chair at the European Graduate School and teaches at the Ecole Normale Superieure and the College International de Philosophie.
Da n i e l B e n s a i D is a philosopher and author of Marx for Our Times. W e n Dy B r oW n is professor of political science at the University of

California, Berkeley. J e a n - l u c n a n c y is professor of philosophy emeritus at the University of Strasbourg. Jacq u e s r a n c i è r e is professor of philosophy emeritus at the University of Paris. K r i st i n r oss is professor of comparative literature at New York University and the author of the award-winning Fast Cars, Clean Bodies: Decolonization and the Reordering of French Culture. s l avoJ Ž i Ž e K is a professor at the Institute for Sociology, Univeristy of Ljubljana, and the European Graduate School.

$22.50s / £15.50 cloth 978-0-231-15298-3 $22.50s / £15.50 ebook 978-0-231-52708-8
January

128 pages

P o l i t i c s / P h i lo s o P h y n ew d irections in c ritical t heory

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: La Fabrique Éditions

14 | fa l l

2010

The Responsibility of the Philosopher
Gianni Vattimo
Edited by Franca D’Agostini Translated by William McCuaig

t h e P o P u l a r P h i l o s o P h e r , m e m o i r i s t, a n d P o l i t i c a l f i g u r e i n t r o d u c e s r e a d e r s to t h e b r e a dt h o f h i s —a n d t h e P h i lo s o P h e r ' s —wo r k .

Over the course of his career, Gianni Vattimo has assumed a number of public and private identities and has pursued multiple intellectual paths. He seems to embody several contradictions, at once defending and questioning religion, critiquing and serving the state. Yet the diversity of his life and thought form the very essence of, as he sees it, the vocation and responsibility of the philosopher. In a world that desires quantifiable results and ideological expediency, the philosopher becomes the vital interpreter of the endlessly complex. As he outlines his ideas about the philosopher’s role, Vattimo builds an important companion to his life’s work. He confronts questions concerning science, religion, logic, literature, and truth, and passionately defends the power of hermeneutics to engage with life’s difficulties. He conjures a clear vision of philosophy as something separate from the sciences and the humanities but also intimately connected to their processes, and he reiterates a conception of truth that emphasizes fidelity and participation through dialogue.
g i a n n i vat t i m o is emeritus professor of philosophy at the University

THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PHILOSOPHER

Gianni Vattimo
Franca D’Agostini
editor

William McCuaig
translator

“The Vocation and Responsibility of the Philosopher is brilliant and entertaining without becoming overly conceptual. the language is consistently rigorous, yet it is incredibly clear and accessible to a philosophically unsophisticated audience.”—silvia benso, rochester institute of technology "one of gianni vattimo's most skilled students, franca d'agostini manages to present both the logic behind weak thought and the novelty of this text, which reveals the italian master's intuitions on crucial problems of contemporary philosophy."—santiago Zabala, author of The Remains of Being: hermeneutic ontology After metaphysics

of Turin and a member of the European Parliament. His books with Columbia University Press include Christianity, Truth, and Weakening Faith: A Dialogue; Not Being God; The Future of Religion (with Richard Rorty); Dialogue with Nietzsche; and Nihilism and Emancipation.
F r a n c a D ’ag o s t i n i is professor of philosophy at the University of

Turin.

$24.50s / £17.00 cloth 978-0-231-15242-6 $24.50s / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-52712-5
se Pt ember P h i lo s o P h y

192 pages

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Meltemi Editore SRL

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 15

CRAVING EARTH
Understanding Pica—
The Urge to Eat Clay, Starch, Ice & Chalk SERA L . YOUNG

Craving Earth
Understanding Pica—the Urge to Eat Clay, Starch, Ice, and Chalk

Sera L. Young
i l l u m i n at i n g a n e n i g m at i c b e h av i o r d e e P ly e n t w i n e d w i t h h u m a n b i o l o g y a n d c u lt u r e .

Humans have eaten earth, on purpose, for more than 2,300 years. They also crave starch, ice, chalk, and other unorthodox foods. Some even claim they would “go crazy” without these items, but why? What pleasure do they provide? What sensory messages do they send? What is the cultural significance of these cravings? What is their function in the body? Sifting through extensive historical, ethnographic, and biomedical findings, Sera Young creates a portrait of pica, or non food cravings, from humans’ earliest ingestions to current trends and practices. In highly readable detail, she describes frequently consumed substances and the many methods (including the Internet) used to obtain them. She reveals how pica is remarkably prevalent (it occurs in nearly every human culture and throughout the animal kingdom), identifies its most avid partakers (pregnant women and young children), and describes the potentially healthful and harmful effects. In the second half of her book, Young evaluates the many hypotheses about the causes of pica, from the fantastical to the scientific, including hunger, nutritional deficiencies, and protective capacities. Never has a book examined pica so thoroughly or accessibly.
s e r a l . yo u n g is a faculty member of the Department
p h oto : Heidi Ryder

“the human focus of sera young’s book provides a welcome counterpoint to the strictly medical focus currently available in other sources.”—david l. browman, washington university in st. louis “fascinating! filled with both wit and keen scientific insight, sera young has written the landmark study of pica. it is sure to be a classic in anthropology and nutrition for a long time to come.” —gretel h. Pelto, cornell university

of Pediatrics at the University of California, Davis, and a visiting fellow in the Division of Nutritional Sciences at Cornell University.

$29.50s / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-14608-1 $29.50s / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-51789-8
Ja n ua ry

240 pages / 36 illus. / 3 tables
s c i e n c e / h e a lt h

All Rights: Columbia University Press

16 | fa l l

2010

Disaster Deferred
How New Science Is Changing Our View of Earthquake Hazards in the Midwest

Seth Stein
the real science behind the next "big one" s u P P o s e d t o h i t t h e m i d w e s t.

In the winter of 1811–12, large earthquakes shook the Midwest along the New Madrid seismic zone that many have (mistakenly) believed to be the biggest to hit the United States. Today the federal government, acting on what they think to be sound science, ranks the hazard in the Midwest as high as California’s and has pressured communities to undertake expensive preparations for disaster. Coinciding with the 200th anniversary of the New Madrid earthquakes, Disaster Deferred revisits this seismic event and the predictions of doom that have followed in its wake. Geared toward a general audience, Disaster Deferred clearly explains the techniques seismologists use to study Midwestern quakes and estimate their danger. Detailing how limited scientific knowledge, bureaucratic instincts, and the media’s love of a good story can exaggerate these hazards, Seth Stein calmly debunks the hype surrounding such prophecies and encourages the formulation of more sensible, less costly policy. Powered by insider knowledge and an engaging style, Disaster Deferred is an all-inclusive encounter with the principles of geology and modern technology, showing how new instruments, like the Global Positioning System, are painting a very different—and much less frightening—picture.
se th st e i n is Deering Professor of Geological Sciences

“seth stein thoughtfully recognizes the painful decisions that various politicians and emergency managers must make, and he provides realistic descriptions of various types of bureaucracies and scientific specialties, without rancor. a must-read for all involved in such issues.”—orrin Pilkey, duke university “seth stein’s book is fun to read and has a compelling story to tell. there is no book quite like this out there.” —stephen marshak, university of illinois at urbana-champaign

at Northwestern University and has been awarded the Macelwane Medal of the American Geophysical Union, the Woolard Award of the Geological Society of America, and the Mueller Medal of the European Geosciences Union. He is coauthor of the widely adopted textbook An Introduction to Seismology, Earthquakes, and Earth Structure.

$27.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15138-2 $27.95t / £19.95 ebook 978-0-231-52241-0
november

320 pages / 93 illus. / 2 tables

s c i e n c e / e n v i r o n m e n ta l s t u d i e s

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 17

Capturing Carbon
The New Weapon in the War Against Climate Change

Robin M. Mills
t h e P o l i t i c s a n d t e c h n o l o g y b e h i n d a r a P i d ly e v o lv i n g s c i e n c e .

As amazing as it sounds, we now possess the technology to capture carbon emissions as they are released into the atmosphere. After capture, the gas is trapped within facilities hidden far underground. As promising as this process sounds, can it really compete with the often cheaper, low-carbon technologies that are currently available, and is the practice really safe and eco-friendly? Capturing Carbon is one of the first texts to take a serious look at this issue, explaining the need for this new technology and describing in detail the components that make it work. Robin M. Mills, a long-time energy executive with a background in geology and economics, paints an accessible portrait of carbon capture’s existing and projected technologies. He covers the specifics of geological storage and, interestingly, compares it to the biological sequestering of carbon occurring naturally in soils and forests. With a frank and unbiased analysis, Mills considers the costs of this process and its value in curbing climate change. He tackles the politics and policies that will help the technology take root, and he anticipates the public’s reaction and opportunities for business. Mills also accounts for the risks of carbon capture, rounding out a definitive and all-encompassing volume for environmentalists, policymakers, investors, industry insiders, and anyone wishing to understand this new frontier.
r o B i n m . m i l l s is the petroleum economics man-

“capturing carbon is outstanding. well structured, informative, comprehensive, balanced, and readable.”—Jon gluyas, chairman, british geological survey

ager for the Emirates National Oil Company in Dubai and a former employee of Shell. He is a member of the International Association for Energy Economics and the Association of International Petroleum Negotiators 3.

$35.00s cloth 978-0-231-70186-0
seP t ember

288 pages

e n v i r o n m e n ta l s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

18 | fa l l

2010

Three Big Bangs
Matter-Energy, Life, Mind

Holmes Rolston III
m e r g i n g P h i l o s o P h y, c o s m o l o g y, b i o l o g y, a n d t h e o lo gy i n to a n ov e l t h e o ry o f t h e u n i v e r s e .

T HREE BIG BANGS

Rational explanations of the universe leave the spiritually curious cold, and religiously based theories tend to devalue the findings of science. By dividing the creation of matter, life, energy, and the mind into three big bangs, Holmes Rolston III strikes a middle path between these two camps. He divines a history of the universe that respects both scientific discovery and an underlying intelligence. In Rolston’s first big bang, matter-energy appears, initially in simpler forms but with a remarkable capacity for generating heavier elements. The size and expansion rate of the universe; the nature of electromagnetism, gravity, and nuclear forces; and other cosmic features all enable the second big bang, the explosion of life on Earth. As DNA begins to discover, store, and transfer information, life endures to establish billions of species. Cognitive capacities escalate, and with neural sentience, the third big bang results: human genius. A massive singularity, the human mind gives birth to language and culture, increasing the brain’s complexity and promoting the spread of ideas. Ideas generate ideals, which help life take on spirit. The nature of matter-energy and genes and their geneses encourage humans to wonder where they are, who they are, and what they should do. Rolston draws on a variety of fields as he studies the sacred order of this cybernetic system.
p h oto : William Cotton

M AT T E R - E N E R G Y, L I F E , M I N D

HOLMES ROLSTON III

“holmes rolston iii wants to relate disparate perspectives on the nature of the universe that most scholars are content to leave unrelated. his book is infused with scientific sources and is a rich summation of what the specialists in physics, biology, and cybernetics are saying about the history of the universe.”—donald w. shriver Jr., union theological seminary

h o l m e s r o l s t o n i i i is University Distinguished

Professor of Philosophy Emeritus at Colorado State University. His books include Genes, Genesis, and God; Science and Religion: A Critical Survey, Philosophy Gone Wild; and Environmental Ethics.

$24.50s / £17.00 cloth 978-0-231-15639-4 $24.50s / £17.00 ebook 978-0-231-52684-5
november

176 pages / 4 illus.

P h i lo s o P h y / s c i e n c e

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 19

Securing The State
David Omand
P r ot e c t i n g t h e P e o P l e w i t h o u t co m P r o m i s i n g their rights.

Governments recognize that the public depends on the certainty, however illusory, of living free from terrorism, war, or nuclear attack. They need to believe that the government can protect them from pandemics and climate change. Yet when political institutions fail to balance justice, liberty, privacy, and civic harmony in the pursuit of security, they jeopardize the very trust and confidence they hope to inspire. Drawing on decades of experience as a security analyst and political insider, David Omand argues that while public security is necessary for good government, the erosion of civil liberties, however slight, tips the balance in favor of bad government and creates an insecure state.
"david omand’s insight and experience are invaluable to anyone considering the necessary and important role of intelligence and security in national security challenges. omand's thoughtful consideration, intellect, and knowledge of british government has made him the perfect interlocutor in both calm and crisis."—frances fragos townsend, white house homeland security adviser to the President and chair of the homeland security council, 2004–2007 "a thoughtful, exceptionally wellinformed book. essential reading for anyone seriously interested in the role of intelligence in modern government."—John scarlett, former director general of the british secret intelligence service

Omand details the fine line between delivering security and violating public safety, establishing a set of principles for the intelligence community that respects the requirements of basic human liberties. He proposes a new approach to generating secret intelligence and examines the issues that arise from using technology to access new information. He dives into the purpose of intelligence and its ability to strengthen or weaken a government, especially in our new, jittery era. Incorporating numerous examples of security successes and failures, Omand speaks to realists, idealists, scholars, and practitioners, resetting the balance in a crucial issue of public policy.
Dav i D om a nD is a former intelligence and security co-

ordinator of the Cabinet Office for the government of the United Kingdom, responsible for the counterterrorism strategy, CONTEST. He has served for seven years as a member of the Joint Intelligence Committee, as permanent secretary of the Home Office, and as director of GCHQ, the U.K. equivalent of the United States's National Security Agency. He is now a visiting professor in the War Studies Department of King’s College London and an honorary fellow of Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge.

$29.50s cloth 978-0-231-70184-6
se Ptember

320 pages

s e c u r i t y s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

20 | fa l l

2010

War and War Crimes
James Gow
c a l i b r at i n g t h e e t h i c s o f wa r w i t h i n m o d e r n co n t e x ts a n d ag a i n st n e w t e c h n o lo g i e s .

Necessity and proportionality inform the laws of war, but how do these principles work in modern warfare? What new pressures do the practitioners of war face, especially in light of rapid strategy and policy changes and an increasing emphasis on ethics and legality? Wars waged in fluctuating environments make the legitimacy of armed force hard to justify, especially among diverse international and transnational publics. More than ever, strategy has come to embrace justice and law as crucial components of military success, but legitimacy is fragile and easily contested, and today’s militaries struggle to respond positively, consistently, and legally. Drawing on empirical research and interviews with seasoned military professionals, this volume describes how militaries can work successfully within the politics-law-strategy nexus to foster and maintain a sense of legitimacy in war. James Gow clearly defines the relationship between wars and their outcomes, pinpointing the moment when a war act becomes a war crime, especially within multidimensional combat. Taking an initial, bold step in reconciling this troubling and taboo issue, Gow provides strategists, policymakers, and others with a framework for mitigating negative outcomes.
Ja m e s g oW is professor of international peace and security at King’s

“War and War crimes is a clever and fundamental book. law and legitimacy have always been important to war, but James gow brilliantly demonstrates how central the issue of not simply being ‘right’ but also ‘wrong’ has become to modern warfare.” —Jan willem honig, swedish national defence college

College, University of London. He is the author of Triumph of the Lack of Will: International Diplomacy and the Yugoslav War and The Serbian Project and Its Adversaries: A Strategy of War Crimes.

$37.50s cloth 978-0-231-70135-8
november

256 pages

s e c u r i t y s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 21

Apart
Alienated and Engaged Muslims in the West

Justin Gest
i n v e s t i g at i n g t h e d a i ly P o l i t i c a l l i v e s o f t h e w e st ’ s m i s u n d e r sto o d m u s l i m co m m u n i t i e s .

Through a novel conceptual framework and probing interviews, Justin Gest gets to the heart of why so many Western Muslims are disaffected by their social and political situations and why they undermine the very political systems that remain their means of inclusion. He also considers why so many other Western Muslims feel differently and why they choose to be engaged. Based on research conducted in London’s East End and Madrid’s Lavapiés district, and drawing on over one hundred interviews with community elders, imams, extremists, politicians, gangsters, and ordinary people just trying to get by, Gest maps the daily experiences of young Muslim men. Confronting conventional explanations that point to inequality, discrimination, and religion, he builds a new theory that distinguishes alienated and engaged political behavior not by structural factors but by social agents and their interpretation of shared realities. Filled with counterintuitive conclusions, Apart sounds an unambiguous warning to Western policymakers, presaging an imminent American experience with the same challenges. The way in which governments and people discipline their fear and understand their Muslim fellows, it claims, may shape the course of democratic social life in the foreseeable future.
J u st i n g e st is the Ralph Miliband Scholar of Political

“Justin gest’s carefully researched and well-argued book brings fresh perspective to the question of muslim alienation in europe. his valuable methodological insights and judicious conclusions have a wide application.”—bhikhu Parekh, london school of economics, author of Rethinking multiculturalism: cultural Diversity and Political Theory “Justin gest has written a thoughtful and compelling book on why some muslims in the west feel disenchanted and angry with our political institutions while others do not. he offers a subtle account based on new theoretical work and original case studies. a major contribution by a new voice in academic debate.”—david held, london school of economics

Sociology at the London School of Economics and executive director of its Migration Studies Unit.

$35.00s cloth 978-0-231-70188-4
se Pt ember

256 pages

i s l a m i c s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

22 | fa l l

2010

The New Muslim Brotherhood in the West
Lorenzo Vidino
a remarkable encounter with one of the most P ow e r f u l a n d co n t r ov e r s i a l m u s l i m o r g a n i Z at i o n s i n t h e w e s t.

MUSLIM BROTHERHOOD
IN THE WEST

THE NEW

In both Europe and North America, organizations tracing their origins back to the Muslim Brotherhood and other Islamist movements have rapidly evolved into multifunctional, richly funded organizations. They now compete to become the major representatives of Western Muslim communities and government interlocutors. Some analysts and policy makers see these organizations as positive forces encouraging integration. Others treat them as modern-day Trojan horses that feign moderation while radicalizing Western Muslims. Lorenzo Vidino brokers a third and more informed view. Having completed more than a decade of research on political Islam in the West, Vidino is keenly qualified to analyze a movement that is as controversial as it is unknown. Conducting in-depth interviews on four continents and sourcing documents in ten languages, Vidino shares the history, methods, views, and goals of the Western Brothers, as well as their phenomenal growth. He then flips the perspective, examining the response to these groups by Western governments, concentrating specifically on Great Britain, Germany, and the United States. Highly informed and thoughtfully presented, Vidino’s work sheds light on a critical juncture in Muslim-Western relations and the role Islam plays for a variety of uprooted individuals.
lo r e n zo v i D i n o is a fellow with the International Security Program’s

LO R E N ZO V I D I N O

“The New muslim Brotherhood in the West contains a good deal of useful factual information and an informed and balanced analysis of the problems western governments face in dealing with muslim brotherhood–linked organizations. this very important topic has yet to be given the attention it deserves, and lorenzo vidino’s book fills that gap.”—Jeffrey m. bale, monterey institute of international studies

Initiative on Religion in International Affairs at the Belfer Center, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University. He is also a Peace Scholar at the U.S. Institute of Peace and author of the first book on al Qaeda in Europe, Al Qaeda in Europe: The New Battleground of Global Jihad.

$29.50s / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-15126-9 $29.50s / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52229-8
se Pt ember

336 pages

i s l a m i c s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s co lumbia st udies in te rrorism and ir regular warfare

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 23

East Asia Before the West
david c . k ang

Five Centuries of Trade and Tribute

David C. Kang
a d i s t i n c t ly n o n - w e s t e r n ta k e o n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l at i o n s a n d a n i n d i s P e n s a b l e r e i n t e r P r e tat i o n o f a s i a n h i s t o r y a n d P o l i t i c s .

before the west

asia

east

five centuries of
trade and tribute

From the founding of the Ming dynasty in 1368 to the start of the Opium Wars in 1841, China has engaged in only two large-scale conflicts with its principal neighbors Korea, Vietnam, and Japan. These four territorial and centralized states have otherwise fostered peaceful and longlasting relationships with one another, and as each has grown more powerful, the atmosphere around them has stabilized. Focusing on the role of the “tribute system” in maintaining stability in East Asia and in fostering diplomatic and commercial exchange, Kang contrasts this history against the example of Europe and East Asian states’ skirmishes with nomadic peoples to the north and west. Although China has been the unquestioned hegemon in the region, with other political units considered second, the tributary order has entailed military, cultural, and economic dimensions that have afforded its participants immense latitude. Europe’s “Westphalian” system, on the other hand, has pursued formal equality among states and has balanced power politics, leading to incessant interstate conflict. Scholars tend to view Europe’s experience as universal, but Kang emphasizes East Asia’s formal hierarchy as an international system with its own history and character. This approach not only recasts our understanding of East Asian relations but also defines a model that applies to other hegemonies outside the European order.
Dav i D c . K a n g is professor of international rela-

“by researching the full range of china’s relationships, including southeast asia, korea, and Japan, as well as nomadic troubles, david c. kang balances the perspective of the whole regional picture. a remarkable achievement.” —brantly womack, university of virginia

tions and business and director of the Korean Studies Institute at the University of Southern California. His books include China Rising, Crony Capitalism, and Nuclear North Korea: A Debate in Engagement Strategies.

$27.50s / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-15318-8 $27.50s / £19.00 ebook 978-0-231-52674-6
n ov e m b e r

256 pages / 5 illus. / 13 tables
a s i a n s t u d i e s / h i s to ry

co n t e mPo rary asia in the wo rld

All Rights: Columbia University Press

24 | fa l l

2010

Inside the Red Box
North Korea’s Post-totalitarian Politics

Patrick McEachern
a s ta r t l i n g a c c o u n t o f h o w n o r t h ko r e a ' s r u l i n g c l a s s f o r m s i t s c o n t r o v e r s i a l P o l i c y.

I N S I D E
T H E
R E D B
H

Kim Jong-Il, North Korea’s ruthless leader, doesn’t rule by fiat. The individuals and institutions below him, at the very least, inform and execute strategic-level decisions and operational matters—according to their leader’s wishes. Existing models of North Korean politics fail to account for the regime’s processes of rule, making Kim’s actions seem surprising or confusing when in fact they are easy to predict. A long-time specialist on North Korean affairs, Patrick McEachern maps the institutional pluralism that defines Kim’s rule and preserves the structure of the state. McEachern identifies three major institutions that operate under the Supreme Leader: the cabinet, the military, and the party. These groups are the first to debate and bargain policy, which is then delivered to Kim and his inner circle for a final decision. This mode of rule produces results that challenge traditional expectations, but North Korea does not follow a classic totalitarian, personalistic, or corporatist model. Rather than being monolithic, McEachern argues, the state is decentralized and post-totalitarian, and Kim can accept or reject the three options presented to him or pursue his own path. Authority may be centralized, but power itself remains diffuse. McEachern details how this process works and its uniqueness from the totalitarian methods of Kim’s father, Kim Il Sung. His research is vital to understanding North Korea’s reactive policy choices, which continue to bewilder the west.
Pat r i c K m c e ac h e r n is a foreign service officer and former North

X

NORTH KOREA’S P O S T- T O TA L I TA R I A N P O L I T I C S
P A T R I C K M C E A C H E R N

“Inside the Red Box is a nuanced and meticulous study of the inner workings of the north korean policy apparatus. it is a very useful addition to the literature, saying more about what happens inside the black box (or red box) beyond standard accounts and the personality cult of the kim family.” —victor d. cha, coauthor of Nuclear North korea: A Debate on engagement strategies

Korea analyst with the State Department’s Bureau of Intelligence and Research and is slated to serve as working-level lead on Six-Party Talks issues at the U.S. embassy in Seoul.

$35.00s / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15322-5 $35.00s / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-52680-7
de cember

336 pages / 6 illus. / 3 tables

a s i a n s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s co ntem Po rary asia in the wo rld

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 25

From Mao to Market
China Reconfigured

Robin Porter
t h e h i s t o r i c a l a n d c u lt u r a l f o r c e s b e h i n d a r e m a r k a b l e t r a n s f o r m at i o n t h at d e f i e s P r e c e d e n t a n d e x P e c tat i o n .

Drawing on decades of research and teaching on China, Robin Porter presents a nuanced view of the country’s modern evolution and its myriad historical influences. Porter has a wealth of practical experience with China, having first visited the country during the Cultural Revolution and having worked as an editor at the Xinhua News Agency during the 1970s. In this volume, he explicitly accounts for the factors that gave rise to China’s current trends and behaviors, offering both scholars and newcomers a rich portrait of an unpredictable though formidable world power.
“From mao to market is a well-written and clearly organized study covering a number of important themes relating to contemporary chinese development.” —dylan sutherland, university of nottingham

Porter begins with China’s social and political development from earliest times to the modern period. He concludes with the country today, then steps back to assess the events that have most determined China’s evolution. He concentrates on the role played by politics and culture in conditioning every aspect of Chinese life. His analysis considers the country’s Confucian heritage, orthodoxy in ideology and law, political command structures, technological innovation, enterprise management, public policy and private goals, and the prospects for democracy. With personal insight and privileged perspective, Porter clarifies a number of myths and mysteries about modern China and evaluates the implications of its expansion in the balance of world power. He provides crucial context for the “China dimension” that has become so central to discussions of national and international policy.
r o B i n P o r t e r is a visiting professor at the Centre for East Asian

Studies, Bristol University, and has taught courses on China at universities in Canada, Australia, and the United Kingdom. He was the British government’s first science counselor in Beijing.

$35.00s cloth 978-0-231-70190-7
november

288 pages

a s i a n s t u d i e s / h i s to ry / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

26 | fa l l

2010

New Powers
How to Become One and How to Manage Them

Amrita Narlikar
h o w n at i o n s c a n n e g o t i at e a d va n ta g e w h i l e m a i n ta i n i n g s ta b i l i t y i n a f l at t e n i n g y e t f r ac t i o u s wo r l d.

Being new is never easy, especially in the anarchical world of international politics. New powers such as Brazil, China, and India must tread difficult terrain as they negotiate their way to the top, signaling sufficient conformity to diffuse tensions and avoid preemptive reprisals. Yet habitually conciliatory diplomacy can cast emerging states as lightweights and pushovers. Effective bargaining is therefore key to balancing these extremes. Established powers also need straightforward solutions to pressing dilemmas. If the aims of a new power are limited, then engagement is a worthwhile enterprise. If its aims are radically revisionist or revolutionary, then established powers may have to contain it. Assessing the intentions of new powers and responding appropriately is crucial for the maintenance of international peace. In this enlightening study, Amrita Narlikar pinpoints the most successful negotiating strategies for rising powers. Focusing on three of the most important candidates now vying for international recognition—Brazil, China, and India—she underscores the commonalities in their diplomatic efforts and isolates the striking differences. Her study aids not only emerging players but also the established countries struggling with evolving balances of power.
a m r i ta n a r l i Ka r is University Senior Lecturer at the Department of

“tension and even warfare are likely when a new power emerges and an old power is challenged. the achievement of amrita narlikar is to bring analytical rigor to the recent emergence of india, china, and brazil, and her insights are equally applicable to the historical past as to the present. narlikar steers a deft course between the large-scale issues of the shifting balance of power and the details of negotiating style, which are so important in mediating the interests of established and new powers. she combines perceptive case studies with clear hypotheses to produce a major study of a question that was vital for our past and will be for our future.”—martin daunton, university of cambridge

Politics and International Studies, University of Cambridge, and Official Fellow of Darwin College. Her most recent books are Deadlocks in Multilateral Negotiations: Causes and Solutions and The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction.

$37.50s cloth 978-0-231-70202-7
se Pt ember

208 pages

P o l i t i c s / i n t e r n at i o n a l r e l at i o n s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 27

Economy, Difference, Empire

nomy,, Eco e
D c ifferen
Social E r Socia thics fo

Social Ethics for Social Justice

Gary Dorrien
t h e c e l e b r at e d s o c i a l e t h i c i s t l a u n c h e s a n e w P l at f o r m f o r P r o g r e s s i v e c h r i s t i a n t h o u g h t a n d ac t i o n .

pire Em
GARY DORRIEN
l Justice

Sourcing the major traditions of progressive Christian social ethics—social gospel liberalism, Niebuhrian realism, and liberation theology—Gary Dorrien argues for the social-ethical necessity of social justice politics. In carefully reasoned essays, he focuses on three broad subjects: the ethics and politics of economic justice; racial and gender justice; and anti-militarism, and makes a constructive case for economic democracy, a liberationist understanding of racial and gender justice, and an anti-imperial form of liberal internationalism. In Dorrien’s view, the three major discourse traditions of progressive Christian social ethics share a fundamental commitment to transform the structures of society in the direction of social justice. His reflections on these topics feature extensive and innovative analyses of major figures, such as Walter Rauschenbusch, Reinhold Niebuhr, James Burnham, Norman Thomas, and Michael Harrington, and contemporary intellectuals, such as Rosemary R. Ruether, Katie Cannon, Gregory Baum, and Cornel West. Dorrien also weaves his personal experiences into his narrative, especially his involvement in social justice movements. The volume features a special chapter on Dorrien’s published work during the 2008 presidential campaign and historic candidacy of Barack Obama.
g a r y D o r r i e n is the Reinhold Niebuhr Professor of Social Ethics

"like gary dorrien's other works, this book is richly researched and beautifully written. dorrien is among the leading academic voices of progressive christianity, and his book brings the various threads of his scholarship together in one place."—laura olson, clemson university "gary dorrien is the preeminent social ethicist in north america today." —cornel west, Princeton university

at Union Theological Seminary and professor of religion at Columbia University. His recent works include the three-volume The Making of Liberal Theology and Social Ethics in the Making: Interpreting an American Tradition.

$35.00s / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-14984-6 $35.00s / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-52629-6
o ctober

496 pages

P o l i t i c s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s / r e l i g i o n colu m b i a s e r i es on re ligion and Politics

All Rights: Columbia University Press

28 | fa l l

2010

The Animal Rights Debate
Abolition or Regulation?

Gary L. Francione and robert Garner

Gary L. Francione and Robert Garner
h o w fa r s h o u l d w e e x t e n d r i g h t s a n d P r o t e c tions for animals?

The

Gary L. Francione is a law professor and leading philosopher of animal-rights theory. Robert Garner is a political theorist specializing in the philosophy and politics of animal protection. Francione maintains that we have no moral justification for using nonhumans, arguing that because animals are property—economic commodities— laws or industry practices requiring “humane” treatment will, as a general matter, fail to provide any meaningful level of protection. Garner favors a version of animal rights that focuses on eliminating animal suffering and adopts a protectionist approach, maintaining that, although the traditional animal-welfare ethic is philosophically flawed, it can contribute strategically to the achievement of animal-rights ends. As they spar, Francione and Garner deconstruct the animal-protection movement in the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe, and elsewhere, discussing the practices of organizations such as PETA, which joins with McDonald’s and other fast-food chains to “improve” the slaughter of animals. They also examine American and European laws and campaigns from both the rights and welfare perspectives, identifying weaknesses and strengths that give shape to future legislation and action.
g a ry l . F r a n c i o n e is distinguished professor of law and Nicholas

Animal Rights Debate
Abolition or Regulation?

"The Animal Rights Debate presents the views of two preeminent thinkers working on a key debate in the study of the moral status of animals—namely, do animals deserve to be treated well while we use them to satisfy our needs and desires, or do animals deserve not to be used to satisfy human desires at all? this is a subject of extremely heated debate, and gary l. francione and robert garner address it as no others can."—gary steiner, bucknell university

deB. Katzenbach Scholar of Law and Philosophy at Rutgers University School of Law–Newark. He is the author of numerous books and articles on animal ethics and animals and the law, including Animals as Persons: Essays on the Abolition of Animal Exploitation.
r o B e r t g a r n e r is professor of politics at the University of Leicester

and the author of, among other books, Animals, Politics, and Morality.

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14955-6 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14954-9 $79.50s / £55.00 ebook 978-0-231-52669-2
oc tober

272 pages

P h i lo s o P h y / a n i m a l s t u d i e s cr itical Pers Pe ctives on animals: t heory, cu lture, science and law

All Rights: Columbia University Press
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 29

Graphic Women
Life Narrative and Contemporary Comics
Life N a r r at i v e   & CoNtemporar y ComiC s

Hillary L. Chute
t h e f i r st acco u n t o f au to b i o g r a P h i c a l co m i c s b y w o m e n , w h o a r e e x Pa n d i n g g r a P h i c n o v e l s a n d c h a n g i n g t h e fa c e o f a u t o b i o g r a P h y.

Hillary L. Chute

“Graphic Women is an exciting and theoretically sophisticated gender and genre study, the kind of book that interpellates its reader, defines its territory, and stakes its claims immediately.” —bella brodzki, sarah lawrence college

Female cartoonists are playing a central role in the evolution of graphic novels. Some of the most acclaimed books of the twenty-first century, such as Marjane Satrapi’s Persepolis and Alison Bechdel’s Fun Home, are autobiographical comics by women. Aline Kominsky-Crumb pioneered the autobiographical form, showing women’s everyday lives, especially through the lens of the body. Phoebe Gloeckner places teenage sexuality at the center of her work, while Lynda Barry uses collage and the empty spaces between frames to capture the process of memory. Satrapi experiments with visual witness to frame her personal and historical narrative, and Bechdel meticulously incorporates family documents by hand to re-present her past. These five cartoonists move the art of autobiography and graphic storytelling in new directions, particularly through the depiction of sex, gender, and lived experience. Hillary L. Chute explores their verbal and visual techniques, which have transformed autobiographical narrative and contemporary comics. Through the interplay of words and images and the counterpoint of presence and absence, they express difficult, even traumatic stories while engaging with the workings of memory. Intertwining aesthetics and politics, these women both rewrite and redesign the parameters of acceptable discourse.
h i l l a r y l . c h u t e is Neubauer Family Assistant
p h oto : Kris Snibbe

Professor in the English Department at the University of Chicago. She is associate editor of Art Spiegelman’s MetaMaus and has written about comics and culture for the Village Voice and The Believer.

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15063-7 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-15062-0 $79.50s / £55.00 ebook 978-0-231-52157-4
november

352 pages / 67 illus.

literary studies / gender studies ge nder and cu lture s e ries

All Rights: Columbia University Press

30 | fa l l

2010

Gilbert and Sullivan
Gender, Genre, Parody

Carolyn Williams
r e P os i t i o n i n g t wo P o P u l a r a r t i sts as f i e r c e critics of social norms.

Gilbertand Sullivan

^

Carolyn Williams *

Long before the satirical comedy of The Daily Show and The Colbert Report, the comic operas of Gilbert and Sullivan were the hottest send-ups of the day’s political and cultural obsessions. Gilbert and Sullivan’s productions always rose to the level of social commentary, despite being impertinent, absurd, or inane. Some viewers may take them straight, but what looks like sexism or stereotype was actually a clever strategy of critique. Parody was a powerful weapon in the culture wars of late-nineteenthcentury England, and with defiantly in-your-face sophistication, Gilbert and Sullivan proved popular culture could be intellectually as well as politically challenging. Carolyn Williams underscores Gilbert and Sullivan’s creative and acute understanding of cultural formations. Anxiety drives the troubled mind in the “nightmare” patter song of Iolanthe and is vividly realized in the sexual and economic phrasing of Lord Chancellor’s lyrics. The modern body appears automated and performative in the “railway” song of Thespis, mirroring Charlie Chaplin’s factory worker in the film Modern Times. Williams also illuminates the use of magic in The Sorcerer, the parody of nautical melodrama in H.M.S. Pinafore, the ridicule of Victorian poetry in Patience, the autoethnography of The Mikado, the role of gender in Trial by Jury, and the theme of illegitimacy in The Pirates of Penzance.
c a r o ly n W i l l i a m s is professor of English at Rutgers University,

G e n d e r • G e n r e • Pa r o d y

"carolyn williams highlights what ought to have been obvious all along about gilbert and sullivan's portrayal of gender: they are just kidding. williams gives these wonderful works the reading they deserve."—robyn warholdown, ohio state university "in its details, intelligence, breadth of scholarship, and original archival research, this book offers treasures and a beautifully written, sometimes exhilarating read. this brilliant, unique contribution to victorian studies will prove to be a benchmark."—adrienne munich, stony brook university

where she teaches courses on Victorian literature, theater, and culture. She is the author of Transfigured World: Walter Pater’s Aesthetic Historicism, as well as numerous essays and articles.

$35.00s / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-14804-7 $35.00s / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-51966-3
november

480 pages / 76 illus.

music / gender studies gender and cu lture s eries

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 31

Ed Koch

and thE RE bu i l ding of nEw YoRK citY
Bourgeoisie
544 pages / 19 illus.
n e w yo r k / h i s to ry

Ed Koch and the Rebuilding of New York City
Jonathan Soffer
t h e f u l l s t o r y b e h i n d a P r o v o c at i v e m ayo r who remade a city in crisis.

Jonathan Sof fer

In 1978, Ed Koch assumed control of a city plagued by filth, crime, bankruptcy, and racial tensions. In 1989, by the end of his mayoral run and despite the Wall Street crash of 1987, neighborhoods and infrastructure were being rebuilt. Unlike many American cities in the 1980s, Koch’s New York was growing, not shrinking. Gentrification brought new businesses to neglected corners and converted low-end rental housing to coops and condos. Nevertheless, not all the change was positive— AIDS, crime, homelessness, and violent racial conflict increased, marking a time of great, if somewhat uneven, transition. For better or worse, Koch’s efforts convinced many New Yorkers to embrace a new political order that subsidized business, particularly finance, insurance, and real estate, and privatized public space. Each phase of the city’s recovery required difficult choices between moneyed interests and social services, forcing Koch to be both a moderate and a pragmatist as he tried to mitigate growing economic inequality. Throughout, Koch’s rough rhetoric (attacking his opponents as “crazy,” “wackos,” and “radicals”) prompted the charge that he was racially divisive. The first book to recast Koch’s legacy through personal and mayoral papers, authorized interviews, and oral histories, this volume plots a history of New York City through two rarely studied but crucial decades.
“by thoroughly examining the politics and policies of ed koch’s mayoralty, Jonathan soffer allows us to see more clearly the world in which we live.”—richard greenwald, drew university
J o n at h a n s o F F e r is associate professor of history at New York

“skillfully uses ed koch’s administration to tell the story of the city from 1978 to 1990, a rags-to-riches saga with many lessons for today’s cities as they cope with enormous financial pressure. whether or not you are a new yorker, this marvelously told tale of a mayor and his city will grip you.”—lizabeth cohen, harvard university “well written, accessible, thoughtful, and deals with a subject many new yorkers care deeply about.” —sven beckert, author of The monied metropolis: New York city and the consolidation of the American

University’s Polytechnic Institute, specializing in twentieth-century American urban and political history.

$34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-15032-3 $34.95t / £23.95 ebook 978-0-231-52090-4
o ctober

co lumbia history of ur ban life

All Rights: Columbia University Press

32 | fa l l

2010

Perversion for Profit
The Politics of Pornography and the Rise of the New Right

Whitney Strub
h o w s e x a n d P o r n o g r a P h y s h a P e d P o s t wa r american Politics.

WHITNEY STRUB

While America is not alone in its ambivalence toward sex, its preferences swing sharply between toleration and censure. This pattern has grown even more pronounced since the 1960s, with the emergence of the New Right and its attack on the “floodtide of filth” supposedly sweeping the nation. Antipornography campaigns became the New Right’s political capital in the 1960s, laying the groundwork for the “family values” agenda that shifted the country to the right. Perversion for Profit traces the anatomy of this trend, recounting the debates over obscenity that consumed members of the ACLU in the 1950s, the deployment of obscenity charges against gay media during the Cold War, and the rise of the influential Citizens for Decent Literature during the 1960s. Whitney Strub illustrates the crucial function of pornography in constructing the New Right agenda, which emphasized social issues over racial and economic inequality. He situates the fight over obscenity within the politics of 1950s pop culture and the pivotal events that followed: the sexual revolution, feminist activism, the “porno chic” moment of the early 1970s, and resurgent Christian conservatism, which now shapes public policy far beyond the issue of sexual decency. Following these battles to the early months of the Obama administration, Strub isolates the undercurrents of anticommunist rhetoric that once powered the antipornography movement and continues to permeate political discourse. Connecting the lowest forms of entertainment to the highest levels of government, he revolutionizes our understanding of sex and American politics.
W h i t n e y s t r u B is an assistant professor of history at Rutgers

PERVERSION FOR PROFIT
The Politics of Pornography and the Rise of the New Right

“marvelous. whitney strub’s genealogy of outrage from comic books to pornography is utterly original. it’s also convincingly and responsibly opinionated and full of life. the chapter on feminism and pornography is a masterpiece. it is a landmark chapter, one of the few historical essays that might actually end a sterile debate.—rick Perlstein, author of Before the storm: Barry Goldwater and the unmaking of the American consensus “ranging from los angeles to memphis to lacrosse, wisconsin, and numerous small towns throughout the nation, strub has done an admirable job of situating his analysis in the local arenas where these battles frequently take place. Persuasive and very important.” —andrea friedman, author of Prurient Interests: Gender, Democracy, and obscenity in New York city, 1909–1945

University.

$32.50s / £22.50 cloth 978-0-231-14886-3 $32.50s / £22.50 ebook 978-0-231-52015-7
november

400 pages / 10 illus.

P o l i t i c s / a m e r i c a n h i s to ry

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 33

Reforming the International Financial System for Development
Edited by Jomo Kwame Sundaram
s e t t i n g a n e w a g e n d a f o r c o o P e r at i o n , r e g u l at i o n , a n d r e f o r m .

The 1944 Bretton Woods conference created new institutions for international economic governance, and, though flawed, the system led to a golden age in postwar reconstruction, sustained economic growth, job creation, and postcolonial development. Financial liberalization since the 1970s, however, has involved deregulation and globalization, which have exacerbated instability rather than stimulate growth. In addition, the failure of Bretton Woods to secure a reserve currency enabled the dollar to fill the void, contributing to periodic, massive deficits in U.S. trade.
“Reforming the International Financial system for Development covers all the relevant territory. it is by far the best overall treatment of the important implications of the reform and regulation of the financial system for economic development.”—Jan kregel, coauthor of International Finance and Development

Our latest global financial crisis, in which all of these weaknesses played a part, underscores how urgently we must reform the international financial system. Prepared for the G24 research program, a consortium of developing countries focused on financial issues, this volume argues that such reforms must be developmental. Chapters review historic trends in global liquidity, financial flows to emerging markets, and the food crisis, identifying the systemic flaws that brought about our present downturn. They challenge the effectiveness of recent policy and suggest criteria for regulatory reform, keeping in mind the different circumstances, capacities, and capabilities of various economies. Essays follow ongoing revisions in international banking standards, the improved management of international capital flows, the critical role of the World Trade Organization in liberalizing and globalizing financial services, and the need for international tax cooperation. They also provide a blueprint for a new global banking model and reserve.
J o m o KWa m e s u n Da r a m is assistant secretary general for economic

development at the United Nations and research coordinator for the G24 Intergovernmental Group on International Monetary Affairs and Development.

$34.50s / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15764-3 $34.50s / £24.00 ebook 978-0-231-52727-9
January

320 pages

e c o n o m i c s / i n t e r n at i o n a l r e l at i o n s ini tiative for Policy di alogue

World English-language Rights Outside South Asia: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Authors
34 | fa l l 2010

Accounting for Value
Stephen Penman
r e t u r n i n g t o t h e r o o t s o f q u a l i t y a n a ly s i s f o r a b e t t e r a s s e s s m e n t o f f i n a n c i a l va l u e .

Despite their skills and extensive training, many analysts fail to recognize the basics of good accounting. By focusing on abstract concepts such as measurement basis, exit values, and entity concepts, they miss out on the benefits of a practical approach to valuation. While modern finance has advanced important concepts, including diversification and risk measurement, effective and efficient accounting merges these tools with fundamental analysis to divine a true account of value. Launching an innovative examination of equity evaluation as a matter of accounting, Stephen Penman embraces the commonsense ideas of finance fundamentalists—good firms can be bad buys; the risk in investing is the risk of paying too much; ignore information at your own peril; beware of paying too much for growth—to reestablish the parameters of good analysis. He compares fair-value accounting and historical-cost accounting; describes the anchoring of cash flows, book value, and earnings; and details the failure of modern finance to correctly assess value. He concludes with fundamental strategies for accounting for value and a bold proposal for assessing the cost of capital. Altogether, Penman’s text is an essential tool for interpreting the greatest financial challenges of our time: the stock market bubble of the 1990s, the credit crisis of 2008, and accounting in the wake of ongoing market instability.
s t e P h e n P e n m a n is George O. May Professor of Accounting and

“this book cleverly weaves together important but otherwise unreconciled themes, enhancing our conceptual understanding of the nature and usefulness of accounting in valuation. stephen Penman also updates the benjamin graham school of investment thought by incorporating changes in the economy, accounting, and financial modeling.”—stephen ryan, new york university, stern school of business

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Research Scholar at the Columbia Business School. He is the author of Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, for which he received a Wildman Medal Award, and managing editor of the Review of Accounting Studies.

$44.95t / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15118-4 $44.95t / £31.00 ebook 978-0-231-52185-7
January finance

256 pages

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 35

Politics of Culture and the Spirit of Critique
Dialogues
Politics of Culture

Edited by Alfredo Gomez-Muller and Gabriel Rockhill
J u d i t h b u t l e r , c o r n e l w e s t, a x e l h o n n e t h ,

and the Spirit of Critique Dialogues

a n d o t h e r s o n P o l i t i c s , c u lt u r e , a n d c r i t i c a l t h e o r y.

S eyla B en habib | Na nc y Fraser | Jud it h But ler I m m a n u e l Wa l l e r s t e i n | C o r n e l We s t | M i c h a e l S a n d e l W i l l Ky m l i c k a | A x e l H o n n e t h
Edited by G ab r i e l Ro c k h i l l and A l f r e d o G o m e z - M u l l e r

The idea of “culture” has become central to intellectual debate since at least the end of the 1970s, with the reemergence of longstanding cultural issues becoming an indispensible part of moral and political critique. Additionally, the meaning of culture has expanded beyond its earlier, anthropological meaning to include issues of ethnicity, race, religion, gender, and sexual orientation. Whether informing arguments about a “clash of civilizations” or underscoring the importance of “mainstream multiculturalism,” inflated notions of culture are ubiquitous, and their prevalence has generated new concerns. Criticism extends from the commodification of difference and the reification of identity to the further marginalization of outside voices. Refusing to reject the cultural shift in politics yet wholly aware of its potential dangers, the contributors to this volume propose innovative solutions and topical interventions. Seyla Benhabib conceptualizes culture as a hybrid and polyvocal system of action and signification. Nancy Fraser strives to solve the recognition/ redistribution conundrum. Judith Butler deconstructs sexual and gender identities. Cornel West rejects Black Nationalism and racial reasoning in favor of a cultural democracy that unites various struggles for equality, and Axel Honneth details a normative account of social integration in terms of mutual recognition.
a l F r e D o g o m e z- m u l l e r is professor of Latin American studies at

“the scope, precision, and flow of these interviews, as well as the significance and range of the thinkers, make this volume a valuable contribution to critical theory and the philosophy of culture.”—alia al-saji, mcgill university
co n t r i b u to r s

seyla benhabib (yale) • Judith butler (university of california, berkeley) • nancy frasier (new school) • alfredo gomez-muller (university of tours) • axel honneth (university of frankfurt) • will kymlicka (queens university) • gabriel rockhill (villanova) • michael sandel (harvard) • immanuel wallerstein (yale university) • cornel west (Princeton)

the Francois-Rabelais University in Tours and the author of numerous books, including Sartre: De la nausée à l’engagement and Ethique, coexistence et sens.
g a B r i e l r o c K h i l l is assistant professor of philosophy at Villanova

University and the author of Logique de l’histoire: Pour une analytique des pratiques philosophiques.

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15201-3 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-15200-6 $79.50s / £55.00 ebook 978-0-231-52636-4
f ebruary

240 pages

P o l i t i c s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s n e w d i rections in c ritical t h eory

All Rights except French and Spanish-language Rights: Columbia University Press; French and Spanishlanguage Rights: The Authors
36 | fa l l 2010

Haunting Legacies
Violent Histories and Transgenerational Trauma

Gabriele Schwab
t h e P s yc h i c l i f e o f v i o l e n t h i s t o r i e s a s e x P e r i e n c e d by au t h o r s a n d ot h e r s w h o i n h e r i t them.

haunting legacies
violent histories and transgenerational trauma

From mass murder to genocide, slavery to colonial suppression, acts of atrocity have lives that extend far beyond the horrific moment. They engender trauma that echoes throughout later generations, within those tied to both sides of the act. Gabriele Schwab reads these legacies in a number of narratives, primarily through the writing of postwar Germans and the descendents of Holocaust survivors. She connects their work to earlier histories of slavery and colonialism and to more recent events, such as South African Apartheid, the practice of torture after 9/11, and the “disappearances” that occurred during South American dictatorships. Schwab’s texts include memoirs (Ruth Kluger’s Still Alive and Marguerite Duras’s La Douleur), second-generation accounts by the children of Holocaust survivors (Geroges Perec’s W, Art Spiegelman’s Maus, and Philippe Grinbert’s Secret), and second-generation recollections by Germans (W. G. Sebald’s Austerlitz, Sabine Reichel’s What Did You Do in the War, Daddy?, and Ursula Duba’s Tales from a Child of the Enemy). She also incorporates her own reminiscences growing up in postwar Germany, mapping networks of interlaced memories and histories as they interact in psychic life and cultural memory. Her critical approach draws on theories from psychoanalysis, postcolonialism, and trauma studies, and Schwab concludes with a bracing look at issues of responsibility, reparation, and forgiveness across the victim/perpetrator divide.
p h oto : Tom Boellstorff

gabriele schwab

“in this highly original and courageous study, gabrielle schwab breaks new ground in the study of trauma and its intergenerational transmission, doing so through a special focus on the longterm effects of violent histories on the generations of both victims and perpetrators.”—michael levine, rutgers university

g a B r i e l e s c h Wa B is Chancellor’s Professor of

English and Comparative Literature at the University of California, Irvine. Her books in English include Derrida, Deleuze, Psychoanalysis; Accelerating Possessions: Global Futures of Property and Personhood; and The Mirror and the Killer-Queen: Otherness in Literary Language.

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15257-0 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-15256-3 $79.50s / £55.00 ebook 978-0-231-52635-7
oc tober

256 pages

P h i lo s o P h y / h i s to ry

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 37

Barbarous Philosophers
Reflections on the Nature of War From Heraclitus to Heisenberg

Christopher Coker
r e P o s i t i o n i n g wa r n o t a s a n at u r a l P h e n o m e n o n b u t a s a n i n v e n t i o n o f P h i l o s o P h y.

From Heraclitus in the sixth century b.c.e. to the twentieth-century philosopher-physicist Werner Heisenberg, intellectuals have struggled to make sense of war and its presence in human society. Yet, as Christopher Coker contends, it is philosophers who created the concept of war, largely by defining its rules and establishing an oppositional dialectic of peace. The Greeks were the first to outline what Blaise Pascal called the “rules of war,” and through their description of its “nature,” influenced the thinking of contemporary generals and their military strategy.
“like Plato synthesizing Parmenides’ world of eternal being and heraclitus’s world of constant change, christopher coker compels his readers to think through what clausewitz and sun called the enduring yet ever-changing character of war. a splendid introduction for specialists and nonspecialists alike.”—karl f. walling, united states naval war college

Nevertheless, this is not a book on the philosophical underpinnings of war but on the particular problems we face while fighting war today. Guided by the work of seventeen major thinkers, Coker examines the belief that war is a continuation, rather than a negation, of politics by other means; the idea that we should respect those who don’t respect us; the notion that war can help a soldier reaffirm his humanity; and the odd fact that peace remains a contested concept. Coker draws on sixteen philosophers who have tackled war directly and intensely in their writing. Each chapter begins with an epigram distilling the essence of a chosen philosopher’s thinking on war and uses it as a prism through which to analyze the aspects of war most relevant to contemporary combat.
c h r i sto P h e r co K e r is professor of international re-

lations at the London School of Economics and adjunct professor at the Staff College in Oslo.

$37.50s cloth 978-0-231-70198-3
seP t ember

288 pages

h i s to ry / P h i lo s o P h y a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

38 | fa l l

2010

The Shift
Israel-Palestine from Border Struggle to Ethnic Conflict

Menachem Klein
revealing a troubling new Phase in the t r e at m e n t o f Pa l e s t i n i a n s b y t h e i s r a e l i s tat e .

Since 2000, the Israeli army has increased the size and strength of its operations in occupied territories. These activities, matched with an unprecedented rise in the construction of Jewish settlements, have irrevocably changed the relationship between Palestinians and Israelis. As Menachem Klein sees it, what was once a border conflict has now become an ethnic struggle, with Jewish Israel establishing an ethno-security regime from Jordan to the Mediterranean, facilitated and accelerated by the recent results of elections in Israel, the United States, and the territory controlled by the Palestinian Authority. In a bold challenge to those who claim Israel has done nothing more than pursue a framework of “occupation,” Klein identifies a radical shift that has put ethnicity at the center of its security initiatives. Even Israeli citizens of Palestinian origin are at risk of becoming targets. Klein closely reads the legal and political apparatus cocooning Israel’s shrinking Jewish majority. Within this system, Palestinians have been divided into several categories with different privileges. Grounding his work in primary sources and hard-to-find statistics, Klein completes a groundbreaking, unflinching study that portrays the realities of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. He ultimately argues that a single, nonethnic state is not the best solution and supports a two-state compromise, as difficult as it may be, since it is the only viable way to peace.
m e n ac h e m K l e i n is a senior lecturer in the Department of Political

“the strongest part of this book is its material on settlers and its analysis of how they have become stitched into the military and bureaucratic fabric of both sides of the 1967 ‘border.’ readers get a sense of the ideological forces ‘from below’ that drive ‘radical’ settlers, as well as a sense of the powerful political and military structures that help them continue to expand.”—John chalcraft, london school of economics “a must read for would-be peacemakers and analysts who traverse the tough terrain of the much-too-promised land. menachem klein has written a brilliant and compelling account of the hard ground truths that now shape the israeli-Palestinian struggle and seem to preclude a happy outcome.” —aaron david miller, the woodrow wilson center

Science at Bar-Ilan University, Israel, and was a team member of the Geneva Initiative negotiations of 2003. He has advised both the Israeli government and the Israeli delegation for peace talks with the PLO and has been a fellow at Oxford University and F. Braudel Senior Fellow at the European University Institute, Florence.

$30.00s cloth 978-0-231-70196-9
se Pt ember

144 pages

m i d d l e e a s t s t u d i e s / c u r r e n t a f fa i r s a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 39

A History of Finland
Directions, Structures, Turning Points

A History of Namibia
From the Earliest Times to 1990

Henrik Meinander
Translated from Swedish by Tom Geddes

Marion Wallace, with John Kinahan
a n o r i g i n a l acco u n t o f a co u n t ry ’ s

t h e f u l l s t o r y b e h i n d a c o u n t r y t h at h a s a lway s f o l l o w e d i t s o w n l e a d .

modern struggle and final break w i t h co lo n i a l i s m .

Henrik Meinander completes a brisk and bold portrait of Finland, recounting its early beginnings as a member of the Swedish kingdom to its later years as an autonomous Grand Duchy within the Russian empire. It concludes with Finland’s gradual transformation into a conscious nation and its current flourishing as an independent, modernized state. Meinander concentrates on the Baltic region, connecting his history to major turning points in Europe’s social, political, and structural development. He blends politics, economy, and culture to illuminate how other countries have utilized Finland’s natural resources and have coopted its cultural heritage and technological innovations.
h e n r i K m e i n a n D e r is professor of history at the

John Kinahan begins with Namibia’s early human activity and concludes with the arrival of German colonialism in the nineteenth century. Marion Wallace follows with migration, production, and power in the precolonial period, changes triggered by European expansion, and the dynamics of formal colonialism. She relates the full experience of German rule, including the genocide of 1904–1908 and the wars of central and southern Namibia. Final chapters discuss African nationalism, apartheid, war between 1946 and 1990, and the development of Namibia since independence.
“an excellent history of namibia, accessible to a wide readership and to many historians and history students with an interest in colonialism and liberation in africa.”—alan barnard, university of edinburgh
m ar i o n Wa l l ac e is African curator at the British Library. J o h n K i n a h a n is a consultant in archaeological and

University of Helsinki.
to m g e D D e s has translated numerous novels and biogra-

phies from Swedish and Norwegian into English.
$37.50s cloth 978-0-231-70192-1

paleoenvironmental studies.

Ja n ua ry h i s to r y

288 pages / 24 b/w illus.

$40.00s cloth 978-0-231-70194-5
f ebruary

288 pages

a co lu m b i a / h u r st b ook

a f r i c a n s t u d i e s / h i s to ry a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

40 | fa l l

2010

Emirati Women
Generations of Change
Jane Bristol-rhys

Jane Bristol-Rhys
t h e u n i t e d a r a b e m i r at e s ’ m o s t v u l n e r a b l e P o P u l at i o n s P e a k a b o u t t h e i r n e w f o u n d s tat u s .

Emirati Women
Generations of ChanGe

The discovery of oil in the late 1960s catapulted Abu Dhabi out of isolating poverty. A boom in construction introduced new sightlines to the city’s landscape and transformed its infrastructure and economy. The impressive growth of just a few decades created new opportunities for work and play, allowing a social welfare system to take root offering free education, medical treatment, generous pensions, family subsidies, and government incentives. Citizens were suddenly encouraged to participate in all aspects of their remaking, and the wealth brought in from a seemingly limitless oil economy enabled many households to acquire a sheen of sophistication. The pattern of Abu Dhabi’s phenomenal growth can be traced throughout the United Arab Emirates, yet consumption hasn’t cast the Emirates in a very favorable light. Both at home and abroad, many have accused Emirati citizens of violating the limits of taste and tolerance. Emirati Women offers a rare perspective on the lives of those who have been affected most by the Emirates’ rise in power. Jane Bristol-Rhys merges eight years of conversations and interviews with her own personal observations on Abu Dhabi society, boldly confronting the unflattering stereotypes that quietly flourish among expatriate communities. Her fascinating findings speak to such topics as marriage, independence, freedom, and the future.
Ja n e B r i s to l- r h ys is an assistant professor in the Department of

“little has been written on the arab gulf countries that conveys the worldview of the local people through oral narratives. that is exactly what this book accomplishes, giving a voice to those who are otherwise marginalized and ignored, thereby revealing a fascinating world.” —wanda krause, school of oriental and african studies

Social and Behavioral Sciences at Zayed University. An Arabic-speaking cultural anthropologist, she has lived in the Middle East for twenty years and is the author of many articles on Emirati women, public discourse on Emirati identity, and how Emiratis narrate their pre-oil past.

$40.00s cloth 978-0-231-70204-1
de cember

208 pages / 12 b/w illus.

middle east studies / gender studies a columbia / hurst book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 41

THE

IMPLIED SPIDER
U P D A T E D W I TH A NEW PREFACE

The Implied Spider
Politics and Theology in Myth Updated with a New Preface

P O L I T I C S A N D THEOLOGY IN MYTH

Wendy Doniger
“an entertaining and highly accessible look at how myths reveal what is common to all humanity.”—Parabola

WENDY DONIGER
C OLUM B I A C LASSICS IN RELIGION

“a book that is particularly worthy of the attention of readers in religious studies beyond the history of religions. since it is wendy doniger’s most methodological book, The Implied spider is important, not for its analysis of myths, but for the arguments that it makes in support of the comparative study of myths.”—Religious studies Review “by analyzing the political, theological, and psychological structures of the sacred stories of various cultures through time, from the hebrew bible to star Trek, doniger shows how myths create a shared interdisciplinary narrative of all human creatures. . . . ranging widely, she offers a detailed, scholarly account.”—Library Journal

Wendy Doniger’s perennially selling study is both modern in its engagement with a diverse range of religions and refreshingly classic in its transhistorical, cross-cultural approach. Doniger reinvigorates the comparative reading of religion through a responsible analysis of patterns and themes across context. Her work is a powerful antidote to the paralysis of postcolonial theory, which rightfully condemns the reduction of religious practice to simple universals. Tapping into a wealth of narrative traditions, from the instructive tales of Judaism and Christianity to the moral lessons of the Bhagavad Gita, Doniger extracts political meaning from a variety of texts while respecting the original ideas of each. Her new preface confronts the difficulty of research in this area, addressing the controversy of choosing subjects and positioning one’s argument. The text itself is updated throughout.
Praise for the Previous edition:

“a racy, enjoyable book. . . . deriving from Plato an understanding of myth as both truth and lie, wendy doniger brings to her study a wealth of story and folklore from many different traditions, exploring creatively the enduring role of myth through time and across cultures.” —Theological Book Review “a timely meditation on what comparative studies might mean . . . a cross-cultural comparison of different stories from different areas of the world, different tribes, different languages.”—London Review of Books
W e n Dy D o n i g e r is Mircea Eliade Distinguished Service Professor

of the History of Religions in the Divinity School at the University of Chicago. Her books include Dreams, Illusions, and Other Realities; Other Peoples’ Myths; The Cave of Echoes; and the English-language edition of Yves Bonnefoy’s Mythologies.

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15642-4 $82.50s / £57.00 cloth 978-0-231-15641-7 $82.50s / £57.00 ebook 978-0-231-52711-8
de cember

224 pages
religion

co lumbia c lassics in r e ligion

All Rights: Columbia University Press

42 | fa l l

2010

The Demon at Agi Bridge and Other Japanese Tales
Edited by Haruo Shirane
Translated by Burton Watson

w i l d ly i m a g i n at i v e s t o r i e s r e f l e c t i n g t h e m u lt i fa c e t e d w o r l d o f m e d i e va l J a Pa n .

Haruo Shirane and Burton Watson, renowned translators and scholars, introduce English-speaking readers to the vivid tradition of early and medieval Japanese folktales. Taken from seven major anthologies of anecdotal (setsuwa) literature compiled between the ninth and thirteenth centuries, these dramatic and often amusing stories offer a major view of the foundations of Japanese culture. Out of thousands of setsuwa, Shirane has selected thirtyeight of the most powerful and influential tales, each of which is briefly introduced. Recounting the exploits of warriors, farmers, priests, and aristocrats, and concerning topics as varied as poetry, violence, power, and sex, these texts reveal the creative origins of a range of literary genres, from court tales and travel accounts to noh drama and kabuki. Watson’s impeccable translations relay the wit, mystery, and Buddhist sensibility of these protean works, and Shirane’s sophisticated analysis illuminates the meaning of the tales, as well as the character of the anthologies. A comprehensive bibliography completes the volume.
h a r u o s h i r a n e is Shincho Professor of Japanese lit-

“burton watson is the preeminent translator of classical chinese and Japanese literature working today, and haruo shirane is his generation’s foremost scholar of classical Japanese literature.”—david t. bialock, university of southern california “burton watson is one of the best translators alive today, and his work here is superb. with an easy grace, he brings these tales to life like few have done before.”—randle keller kimbrough, university of colorado-boulder

erature at Columbia University and the editor of, most recently, Traditional Japanese Literature: An Anthology, Beginnings to 1600 and Envisioning The Tale of Genji: Media, Gender, and Cultural Production.
B u r to n Wat s o n has translated dozens of Chinese

and Japanese classics, including The Analects of Confucius and The Tales of the Heike.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-15245-7 $69.50s / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-15244-0 $69.50s / £48.00 ebook 978-0-231-52630-2
de cember

160 pages / 8 illus.

a s i a n l i t e r at u r e / f o l k ta l e s tr anslations from the as ian c lassics

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 43

Humans, Beasts, and Ghosts
Stories and Essays
Stories and Essays

Qian Zhongshu
Edited by Christopher G. Rea

e a r ly w r i t i n g s b y a n i n g e n i o u s w i t a n d e xc e P t i o n a l s t y l i s t.

Qian Zhongshu
Edited by Christopher G. Rea

Zhongshu Qian was one of twentieth-century China’s most ingenious literary stylists, the author of short stories, essays, and a brilliant comedic novel that has inspired generations. Writing between the early years of the Second Sino-Japanese War (1937–1945) and the Communist takeover in 1949, Qian was a pioneering modernist and extraordinary satirist whose insight into the irony and travesties of modern China remains stunningly fresh. This eagerly awaited translation joins Qian’s collection of iconoclastic essays on life, language, and literature, Written on the Margins of Life (1941), with his masterful short story collection, Humans, Beasts, and Ghosts (1946). Qian’s essays elucidate substantive issues through deceptively simple subjects—the significance of windows versus doors, for example, or the blind spots of literary critics—and assert the primacy of critical and creative independence. His humorous stories blur the boundaries between various incarnations of humans, beasts, and ghosts struggling through life, death, and resurrection. Christopher Rea situates these works within China’s wartime politics and Qian’s literary vision, highlighting significant changes between different editions that provide unprecedented insight into the author’s creative process.
q i a n z h o n g s h u (1910–1998), hailed as twentieth-century China’s

“so long as wit and satire, insightfully imagined characterization, and unmatched erudition matter in literature, qian Zhongshu’s writing will have a place, and this translation of his work is among the most significant renderings from the chinese.”—ron egan, university of california, santa barbara

“foremost man of letters,” is best known for his novel, Fortress Besieged, and a groundbreaking study of the Chinese literary canon, Limi ted Views: Essays on Ideas and Letters.
c h r i sto P h e r g . r e a is assistant professor of modern Chinese litera-

ture at the University of British Columbia.

$29.50s / £19.50 paper 978-0-231-15275-4 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15274-7 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52654-8
n ovember

272 pages

a s i a n l i t e r at u r e w e atherhead b o oks on as ia

All Rights: Columbia University Press

44 | fa l l

2010

The Curious Tale of Mandogi’s Ghost
Kim Sŏk-pŏm
Translated by Cindi Textor

a s u bv e r s i v e n ov e l a b o u t t h e t r au m a o f co lo n i a l i s m a n d t h e P o w e r o f r e s i s ta n c e .

The Curious Tale of

A central work of postwar Japanese fiction, The Curious Tale of Mandogi’s Ghost incorporates Korean folk tales, ghost stories, and myth into a phenomenal depiction of epic tragedy. Written by a zainichi, a permanent resident of Japan who is not of Japanese ancestry, the novel inventively imagines a long-supressed event in Japanese colonial history—the Cheju Uprising of 1948—and captures in style and substance the predicament of Koreans living under Japanese rule. Kim Sok-pom tells the story of Mandogi, a young priest living on the island of Cheju-do. Mandogi becomes unwittingly involved in the Four-Three Incident of 1948, in which the South Korean government brutally suppressed an armed peasant uprising and purged Cheju-do of communist sympathizers. Although Mandogi is sentenced to death for his part in the riot, he survives (in a sense) to take revenge on his enemies and fully commit himself to the resistance. Mandogi’s indeterminate, shapeshifting character is emblematic of colonialism’s outsized impact on both ruler and ruled. One of the most significant zainichi novels to date, The Curious Tale of Mandogi’s Ghost relates the trauma of a long-forgotten history and its indelible imprint on Japanese and Korean memory.
K i m s o K- P o m (b. 1925) was born in Osaka, Japan, to Korean parents

mandogi’s

Ghost

˘ ˘ kim sok-pom
translated by

cindi textor

"The curious Tale of mandogi's Ghost is much more than a 'ghost story' or a 'tall tale.' this masterpiece of postwar Japanese literature by a korean resident of Japan is a sophisticated rumination on the power of words and narratives to create cultural identities and to challenge historical truths."—christopher d. scott, macalester college

who emigrated from the island of Cheju-do. He is best known for his seven-volume fictional work, Kazanto (Volcano island), which centers on the Cheju Uprising of 1948.
c i n D i t e x t o r is a graduate student in the Department of East

Asian Literatures and Cultures at the University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign.

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-15311-9 $72.50s / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-15310-2 $72.50s / £50.00 ebook 978-0-231-52672-2
se Pt ember

144 pages

a s i a n l i t e r at u r e we atherhead books on asia

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 45

Genetic Justice
DN A DATA BA NK S, CRIMIN A L IN V ES TIG ATIONS, A ND CIVIL LIBER TIES
DNA Data Banks, Criminal Investigations, and Civil Liberties

P r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w ava i l a b l e
46 | fa l l

Sheldon Krimsky and Tania Simoncelli
a P r o v o c at i v e r e c o n s i d e r at i o n o f d n a’ s i n fa l libility and its role in the courts.

GENETIC JUSTICE
SHEL DON K RIMSK Y and TA NIA SIMONCEL LI
“indispensible and timely—necessary for anyone trying to navigate the myths and the science of biotechnology.” —Patricia williams, columbia university “sheldon krimsky is one of the most intelligent and creative multidisciplinary scholars working in bioethics, genetics and society, science studies, and biotechnology. he always knows how to pick topics that are socially significant and require careful public attention.”—Phil brown, author of Toxic exposures: contested Illnesses and the environmental health movement

National DNA databanks were initially established to catalogue the identities of violent criminals and sex offenders. However, since the mid-1990s, forensic DNA databanks have expanded in some states and nations to include all people who have been arrested, regardless of whether they’ve been charged or convicted of a crime. Two prominent advisors on medical ethics, science policy, and civil liberties take a hard look at how the United States, Australia, Japan, and European countries have balanced the use of DNA databanks in criminal justice with the privacy rights of their citizenry. Sheldon Krimsky and Tania Simoncelli analyze the constitutional, ethical, and sociopolitical implications of expanded DNA collection in the United States and compare these findings to trends in other locations. They examine the legal precedent for taking DNA from juveniles, searching DNA databases for possible family members of suspects, conducting “DNA dragnets” of local populations, and the warrantless acquisition of so-called abandoned DNA. Most intriguing, Krimsky and Simoncelli explode the myth that DNA profiling is infallible, which has profound implications for criminal justice.
s h e lD on K ri m sKy is professor of urban and environmental policy and

planning and adjunct professor of public health and family medicine at Tufts University. He has consulted for the Presidential Commission for the Study of Ethical Problems in Medicine and Biomedical and Behavioral Research and the Congressional Office of Technology Assessment.
ta n i a s i m o n c e l l i is the science advisor in the technology and liberty

program of the American Civil Liberties Union, where she speaks, publishes, and provides expert guidance on critical scientific and science policy issues that challenge civil liberties.

$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14520-6 $29.95t / £19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51780-5
o c to b e r

320 pages / 15 illus. / 10 tables
S C I E N C E / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

The Worst-Kept Secret
Israel’s Bargain with the Bomb

P r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w ava i l a b l e

Avner Cohen
b r e a k i n g i s r a e l’ s co d e o f n u c l e a r s i l e n c e .

the worst-kept secret

Israel has made a unique contribution to the nuclear age—it has created (with the tacit support of the United States) a special “bargain” with its bomb. Israel is the only nuclear-armed state that keeps its bomb invisible, unacknowledged, opaque. It will only say that it will not be the first to introduce nuclear weapons to the Middle East. The bomb is Israel’s collective ineffable—the nation’s last taboo. This bargain has a name: in Hebrew, it is called amimut, or opacity. By adhering to the bargain, which was born in a secret deal between Richard Nixon and Golda Meir, Israel creates a code of nuclear conduct that encompasses both governmental policy and societal behavior. The bargain lowers the salience of Israel’s nuclear weapons, yet it also remains incompatible with the norms and values of liberal democracy. It relies on secrecy and opacity. It infringes on the public right to know and negates the notion of public accountability and oversight, among other offenses. Author of the critically acclaimed Israel and the Bomb, Avner Cohen offers a bold and original study of this politically explosive subject. Arguing that the bargain has become increasingly anachronistic, Cohen calls for a reform in line with domestic democratic values as well as current international nuclear norms. Most important, he believes the old methods will prove inadequate in dealing with a nuclear Iran. Cohen concludes with fresh perspectives on Iran, Israel, and the effort toward global disarmament.
av n e r c o h e n has been a senior research fel-

avner cohen

israel’s bargain with the bomb

“this book, like avner cohen’s Israel and the Bomb, is a highly original contribution. there is nothing like it, and probably no one else could have written it. the volume is a sensitive understanding of the constant tension between ‘resolve’ and ‘caution’ in israeli policy, an understanding that has been absent in many other studies.”—alan dowty, harvard university

low at the National Security Archive at George Washington University and coeditor of Nuclear Weapons and the Future of Humanity and The Institution of Philosophy.

$35.00s cloth 978-0-231-13698-3 $35.00s ebook 978-0-231-51026-4
sePt ember

416 pages

M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S

English-language Rights in North America: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Mary Cunnane Agency

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 47

E d i t E d by V i l l a G i l l E t/ L e M o n d e

a . S . byat t • P é t E r E S t E r h à z y • E tG a r K E r E t • J o n at h a n l E t h E m • da n i E l m E n d E l S o h n • r i c K m o o dy • a n n i E P r o u l x • E n r i q u E V i l a- m ata S • a n d m a n y ot h E r S

The Novelist’s Lexicon
Writers on the Words that Define Their Work

P r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w ava i l a b l e
48 | fa l l

Edited by Villa Gillet / Le Monde
J o n at h a n l e t h e m , r i c k m o o dy, a . s . b yat t a n d o t h e r s o f f e r a fa s c i n at i n g P o r ta l i n t o t h e h e a r t o f t h e n ov e l .

The NovelisT’s lexicoN
wriTers oN The words ThaT defiNe Their work

At a recent literary conference hosted by Villa Gillet and Le Monde, organizers asked dozens of prominent authors from around the world to choose a word that opens the door to their work. Their crystalline musings, collected here for the first time, offer an extraordinary portrait of writing and reading from the perspective of the artist. Organized alphabetically, the anthology is a pleasurable and instructive book for writers, readers, and anyone seeking an intimate understanding of literature. Through these personal “passwords,” authors articulate the function of language, character, plot, and structure, and, in the process, reveal their relationship with the elements of story. Jonathan Lethem discusses the independent life of furniture; A. S. Byatt describes the power of the narrative web; Etgar Keret explains balagan, a Hebrew word meaning “total chaos”; Daniel Mendelsohn expounds on the unknowable, or what the author should or should not impart to the reader; Annie Proulx clarifies terroir, which embodies the complexities of time, place, geography, weather, and climate; and Colum McCann details the benefits of anonymity. Other participants include Rick Moody on adumbrated; Upamanyu Chatterjee on the bildungsroman; Enrique Vila-Matas on discipline; Adam Thirwell on hedonism; Nuruddin Farah on identities; André Brink on the heretic; and Péter Esterhazy on the power and potential of words, words, words.
Created in 1987 by the Region Rhone Alpes, the v i l l a g i l l e t operates as a center for the study and promotion of contemporary art and thought. In collaboration with Le Monde, they began the acclaimed festival and conference International Forum on the Novel in 2007.

co n t r i b u to r s i n c lu d e :

david albahari • andré brink • a. s. byatt • upamanyu chatterjee • hélène cixous • dennis cooper • rikki ducornet • alaa el aswany • Péter esterhazy • nuruddin farah • arthur Japin • etgar keret • Jonathan lethem • colum mccann • daniel mendelsohn • rick moody • ludmila oulitskaïa • annie Proulx • lydie salvayre • adam thirlwell • lyonel trouillot • enrique vila-matas

$16.95t / £11.95 cloth 978-0-231-15080-4 $16.95t / £11.95 ebook 978-0-231-52169-7
n ov e m b er

192 pages • 4 3/4˝ x 6 3/4˝
l i t e r at u r e / a n t h o lo gy

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Villa Gillet

2010

c o l u m B i a i n t e r n at i o n a l a F Fa i r s o n l i n e | C I A O
W W W. C I A O N E T. O R G
l i s t e d a s o n e o f t h e t o P 3 0 0 w e b s i t e s b y t h e i n t e r n at i o n a l P o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e a s s o c i at i o n

When you need to find out what the world’s top think tanks are thinking, look to CIAO. With more than 500,000 pages of working papers, policy briefs, e-books, journal articles, and case studies, CIAO ensures that students and instructors have access to relevant, up-to-date scholarship on international relations from the world’s top think tanks and research institutes. The site also mantains full-text e-books and e-journals, and our atlas features valuable economic data and political information on more than 200 countries. Click on “What’s new @CIAO” and discover 4,000 pages of fresh materials. Our editor diligently selects papers and sources that speak to the most pressing issues preoccupying the international relations field today.

columBia granger’s® WORLD OF POETRY ONLINE
W W W. C O L U M B I A G R A N G E R S . O R G

columBia gazetteer oF THE WORLD ONLINE
W W W. C O L U M B I A G A Z E T T E E R . O R G

a choice outstanding academic title

a booklist editors’ choice: reference sources

This authoritative reference now includes more than 500,000 poetry citations, with 250,000 full-text poems. Commentaries and a glossary of more than 600 terms makes Columbia Granger’s essential for students and educators, while categorical subject browsing allows general users to locate meaningful poems for special occasions. Our “My Granger’s” tool helps instructors fashion their own anthologies, and our split-screen feature enables side-by-side comparisons. An advanced search engine tailors research according to gender, language, nationality, form, movements, and era. Modern language departments will value the volume and selection of non-English-language poems.

The Gazetteer is an authoritative encyclopedia of geographical places and features, population data, political units, and coverage of war devastation and altered landscapes. Visit the site and discover why generations of librarians depend upon this standard resource—and are flocking to its affordable, one-time purchase price. Gazetteer is a robust search tool, permitting inquiries for places, metric criteria, full text searching, and geographic coordinates. It offers advanced post-search options, such as resorting results and downloading to Excel or in XML. The “My Gaz” feature stores links to articles.

columBia electronic resources

Since 1998 Columbia University Press has produced reputable, reliable online resources. For pricing and trial information, please contact [email protected].
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 49

n e w i n pa p e r

Prison Notebooks
Volume 1

Prison Notebooks
Volume 2

Antonio Gramsci
Edited and translated by Joseph A. Buttigieg

Antonio Gramsci
Edited and translated, with an Introduction, by Joseph A. Buttigieg

“Gramsci's Prison Notebooks have long been among the most remarkable documents of western political thought. This edition is a poignant record of his thoughts from a Fascist prison cell, adding a human touch to a key political figure.”—Terry eagleton “altogether a tremendous achievement. . . . This volume provides us with an immediate sense of the scale and diversity of Gramsci’s project.” —Times Literary Supplement

Antonio Gramsci (1891–1937) is considered the most original political thinker in Western Marxism. Imprisoned by the Italian Fascist regime in 1926, Gramsci died before fully regaining his freedom. Nevertheless, his prison notebooks record thousands of brilliant reflections on an extraordinary range of subjects, establishing an enduring intellectual legacy. This volume opens with an introduction outlining Gramsci’s project and the circumstances surrounding the composition of his notebooks. It features a detailed chronology of the author’s life and translations of earlier writings and letters. The volume then follows with notebooks 1 and 2, which set the foundations for Gramsci’s later writings.

Volume 2 contains notebooks 3, 4, and 5, which Antonio Gramsci wrote between 1930 and 1932. Their central themes are popular culture, Italian history, Americanism, and the Catholic Church as a religious institution and politico-ideological force. Gramsci touches on the Renaissance and Reformation, language and linguistics, military and diplomatic history, and Japanese and Chinese culture. Notebook 4 features an innovative reading of canto 10 from Dante’s Inferno and a philosophical analysis of materialism and idealism.
“in Gramsci, Marxism acquires the founder of a proletarian intellectual tradition that is likely to continue as long as society has use for democracy.”—Italian Quarterly

$25.00s / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-06083-7
d e c eM b e r

$25.00s / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-10593-4
dece Mber

608 pages

728 pages

p h i lo s o p h y / p o l i T i c s

p h i lo s o p h y / p o l i T i c s

Cloth edition 1991, 978-0-231-06082-0
e u r o p e a n p e r s p e cT iv es: a series in social T h ou Gh T and c u lT u r a l c r iT ic i s M

Cloth edition 1996, 978-0-231-10592-7
european perspec Ti ves: a series in social Thou GhT and culT ural cri Ti cisM

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Instituto Gramsci
50 | fa l l 2010

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Instituto Gramsci

n e w i n pa p e r

Antonio Gramsci
prison notebooks
volume iii Edited and translated by Joseph A. Buttigieg

Prison Notebooks
Volume 3

Prison Notebooks
Three Volume Set

Antonio Gramsci
Edited and translated by Joseph A. Buttigieg

Antonio Gramsci
Edited and translated by Joseph A. Buttigieg

“Prison Notebooks is one of the fundamental texts of modern thought. politics, cultural studies, philosophy, history, the dialectic—everything is here. Joseph a. buttigieg’s translation is a superb achievement.”—Fredric Jameson

“The first time ever that antonio Gramsci’s extraordinary Prison Notebooks are available in english as he wrote them in italian, in their fragmentary brilliance and their disconcertingly restless, unorthodox probity. Joseph a. buttigieg’s work is a monument of scholarship and of supple, deeply sensitive translation.”—edward w. said

In notebooks 6, 7, and 8, Antonio Gramsci develops his concepts of hegemony, civil society, and the state; reflects extensively on the Renaissance, the Reformation, and Machiavelli’s political philosophy; and offers a trenchant critique of the cultural and political practices of fascism. Also included are Gramsci’s extensive observations on the articles and books he read during his imprisonment.
“Gramsci remains one of the most important figures in modern italian intellectual history and the most influential internationally.”—eric hobsbawm, birkbeck college, london university
joseph a. buttigieg is the William R. Kenan Jr. Professor

of English and a fellow of the Nanovic Institute for European Studies at the University of Notre Dame.

Columbia University Press’s multivolume Prison Notebooks is the only complete critical edition of Antonio Gramsci’s seminal writings in English. Based on the authoritative Italian edition of Gramsci’s work, Quaderni del Carcere, this comprehensive translation presents the intellectual as he ought to be read and understood, with critical notes that clarify Gramsci’s history, culture, and sources; an index of names; and a contextualization of the thinker’s ideas against his earlier writings and letters. This set includes notebooks 1 through 8 with all attendant notes and materials and is an indispensible resource for scholars in the humanities and social sciences.

$25.00s / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-13945-8
d e c eMb e r

$60.00s / £41.50 paper 978-0-231-15755-1
dece Mb er

696 pages

2,032 pages

p h i lo s o p h y / p o l i T i c s

p h i lo s o p h y / p o l i T i c s

Cloth edition 2007, 978-0-231-13944-1
e u r o p e a n p e r s p e cT iv e s : a series in social T h ou Gh T and c u lT ur a l c r iT ic i s M

Cloth edition 2007, 978-0-231-14344-8
european perspec Ti ves: a series in social T hou GhT and culTural cri Ti cisM

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Instituto Gramsci

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Instituto Gramsci
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 51

n e w i n pa p e r

TED STRIPHAS

T H E L AT E A G E O F P R I N T
Everyday Book Culture from Consumerism to Control

How Women Got Their Curves and Other Just-So Stories
Evolutionary Enigmas

The Late Age of Print
Everyday Book Culture from Consumerism to Control

David P. Barash and Judith Eve Lipton
“a delightful, thought-provoking volume on perennial questions about female biology.” —Publishers Weekly

Ted Striphas
With a New Foreword by the Author

“Forget the premature obituaries for books and reading. stiphas insists that books remain a vital presence in the twenty-first century.”—Booklist

David P. Barash and Judith Eve Lipton, authors of acclaimed books on human sexuality and gender, investigate the theories that purport to explain evolutionary enigmas (sometimes called “just-so stories” by their detractors) and present their own hypotheses. Skillfully incorporating biology, psychology, animal behavior, anthropology, and human sexuality into their critiques, the authors invite an examination of the evidence and draw their own conclusions.
“The authors’ enthusiasm for their subject and for the process of science is contagious. an excellent book. refreshing in the extreme.”—John alcock, arizona state university
dav i d p. b a r as h is an evolutionary biologist and profes-

Ted Striphas argues that, though the production and propagation of books have undoubtedly entered a new phase, printed works are still very much a part of our daily lives. Taking examples from trade journals, news media, films, advertisements, and a host of other commercial and scholarly materials, Striphas tells a story of modern publishing that proves, even in a rapidly digitizing world, books are anything but dead.
“will interest anyone who has ever wondered how reading and writing will be conducted in the future.”—Janice radway, northwestern university “a must read for those interested in the confluence of culture and economics as it relates to books.”—richard nash, Critical Frame
t e d s t r i p h a s is assistant professor in the Department

sor of psychology at the University of Washington.
judith eve lipton is a clinical psychiatrist specializing in

women’s health.

of Communication and Culture and adjunct professor of American studies and cultural studies at Indiana University.

$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-14665-4
F e b r ua ry

$18.50s / £13.00 paper 978-0-231-14815-3
January

224 pages

272 pages

s c i e n c e / wo M e n ’ s s T u d i e s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s / h i s To ry

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14664-7 All Rights: Columbia University Press

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14814-6 All Rights: Columbia University Press

52 | fa l l

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

“A skillfully written, meticulously researched account of a real-life tragedy that reads like a fast-paced crime novel.”
—Bob Schieffer, chief Washington correspondent, CBS News

CBS’s Don Hollenbeck

Mind and Life
An Honest Reporter in the Age of McCarthyism
ParticiPants:

Michel Bitbol Steven Chu Ursula Goodenough Eric Lander Pier Luigi Luisi Matthieu Ricard Arthur Zajonc Tenzin Gyatso the 14th Dalai Lama Thupten Jinpa B. Alan Wallace

Discussions with the D a l a i l a m a on the N a t u r e o f r e a l i t y Pier luigi luisi
with

zara houshmanD

Loren Ghiglione

columbia series in science and religion

CBS’s Don Hollenbeck
An Honest Reporter in the Age of McCarthyism

Mind and Life
Discussions with the Dalai Lama on the Nature of Reality

Loren Ghiglione
a C h o I C e o u T s Ta n d i n G a c a d e M i c T i T l e

Pier Luigi Luisi
With Zara Houshmand

“a valuable reminder of the tragic story of don hollenbeck—a brilliant journalist crushed in the horror of Mccarthyism.”—walter cronkite

“an excellent presentation of what can happen when intelligent, open minds sit down together with the goal of mutual understanding and betterment.”—PsyCritiques

Loren Ghiglione recounts the fascinating life and tragic suicide of Don Hollenbeck, the controversial newscaster who became a primary target of McCarthyism.
“engrossing.”—Booklist “Ghiglione’s attention to detail and use of numerous personal interviews make this both a compelling biography and a rich contextual history of the Mccarthy era.”—Library Journal “a solid piece of media history, enthusiastically recommended.”—The Midwest Book Review “a captivating tale of journalistic good versus political evil.”—American Journalism “serves both hollenbeck and media history well.”—Choice

For more than a decade, a group of world-class scientists, philosophers, and Buddhist scholars have met regularly to explore the intersection between science and the spirit. Pier Luigi Luisi reproduces this dramatic, cross-cultural dialogue and its holistic approach to the scientific exploration of reality. He also adds scientific background to each presentation and supplementary discussions with prominent participants and attendees.
“a pleasure to read.”—Buddhadharma “stimulating.”—Nature “one of the best books of its kind.”—vic Mansfield, colgate university
p i e r lu i g i lu i s i is professor of biology at the University

lo r e n g h i g l i o n e is Richard Schwarzlose Professor of

of Roma 3.

Media Ethics at the Medill School of Journalism.

$22.00s / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-14497-1
F eb r ua ry

$17.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-14551-0
dece Mb er

352 pages

232 pages

bioGraphy / JournalisM

p h i lo s o p h y / r e l i G i o n

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14496-4 World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14550-3
coluM bia series in science and reli Gion

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Mind and Life Institute

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 53

n e w i n pa p e r
54 | fa l l

Guobin Yang

s t e p h e n f. c o h e n

soviet fates and lost alternatives
from stalinism to the new cold war

The  Power  of The   InTerneT In chIna
cITIzen acTIvIsm onlIne

Soviet Fates and Lost Alternatives
From Stalinism to the New Cold War

The Power of the Internet in China
Citizen Activism Online

Stephen F. Cohen
With a New Introduction by the Author

Guobin Yang
With a New Afterword by the Author

“a brilliant and important book. stephen F. cohen is one of the world’s foremost thinkers about russia—its past, present, and future.” —dan rather

“an in-depth look at the explosion of internet use in china and the dramatic political and cultural changes it has enabled.”—Governor howard dean

In seven groundbreaking essays, Stephen F. Cohen questions conventional assumptions about the course of Soviet history, the fall of communism, and the effect of Russia’s policies at home and abroad. He argues that Washington was the first to squander the opportunity for a fundamentally new, post–Cold War U.S.-Russian relationship, and he presents a radical new approach to future partnership.
“a clearheaded yet impassioned plea to set on its proper track a relationship that is essential to global order in the twenty-first century.”—Current history “cohen offers us a lesson and a solution that is at once simple and of priceless value.”—World Policy Blog
stephen f. cohen is professor of Russian studies and his-

Guobin Yang maps a range of contentious forms and practices linked to Chinese cyberspace, portraying the Chinese Internet as a dynamic arena of creativity, community, conflict, and control. Like much contemporary protest, Yang argues, Chinese online activism derives its methods and vitality from multiple, intersecting forces, and state efforts at constraint have only led to more creative subversion. Yang’s vivid portrait of immense social change captures a new era in informational politics.
“boundary-breaking.”—Understanding Society “essential.”—Far eastern economic Review “The best account available of this experimentation, innovation, and social change.”—craig calhoun, president, social science research council
g u o b i n ya n g is an associate professor in the Department

tory at New York University.

of Asian and Middle Eastern Cultures at Barnard College.

$19.50s / £13.50 paper 978-0-231-14897-9
o c Tob e r h i s To r y

$19.50s / £13.50 paper 978-0-231-14421-6
F ebruary

328 pages

320 pages

asian sTudies

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14896-2 All Rights except Russian-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Russian-language Rights: The Author

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14420-9
conT eMporary asia in The world

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

The ISRAELI SECRET SERVICES & THE STRUGGLE AGAINST TERRORISM
A M I P E DA H Z U R

The Israeli Secret Services and the Struggle Against Terrorism
Ami Pedahzur
“a brilliant description of israel’s fight against terrorism from 1948 to the present.”—The Jerusalem Post

Bangladesh and Pakistan
Flirting with Failure in South Asia

William B. Milam
“This brilliant comparative analysis, revealing the inner workings of south asia’s two most troubled states, is a must read for anyone interested in how and why they have evaded democratic governance.”—ahmed rashid, author of Descent into Chaos

A synthesis of memoir, academic research, and information from print and online sources, Ami Pedahzur’s study brings rare transparency to Israel’s efforts at counterterrorism and builds a strategy for future confrontation.
“so well reasoned and relevant that the pages almost turn themselves.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) “[a] superb examination.”—New York Post “More than entertaining spy stories . . . this book will be a great aid to other western countries around the world struggling to confront terror.” —The Jerusalem Post "a fascinating history . . . highly recommended."—Choice
ami pedahzur is a senior fellow at the University of Texas

Bangladesh and Pakistan takes a hard look at the political and religious realities within these sparring countries, especially the al-Qaedalinked jihadi networks that threaten to turn Pakistan into an ideological state. The volume considers Islam’s undeniable influence on both societies and the influence of these cultures on the tone and expression of Islam.
“with bangladesh and pakistan both reaching critical tipping points, Milam’s book could not be more timely. i found the chapters on bangladesh particularly insightful and perceptive as i prepared to lead a national democratic institute mission to that country.”—Tom daschle, former u.s. senator
w i l l i a m b . m i l a m is a senior policy scholar at the

at Austin’s Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs and coauthor, with Arie Perliger, of Jewish Terrorism in Israel.

Woodrow Wilson Center.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-14043-0
s e pT e M b e r

$26.50s paper 978-0-231-70067-2
ocTo ber

232 pages

256 pages

Middle easT sTudies

c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s / a s i a n s T u d i e s

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14042-3
co luM bi a sTu d i e s i n T e r r orisM and irre G ular war Fare

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-70066-5
a coluM bia / hursT book

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 55

n e w i n pa p e r
56 | fa l l

AdriAnA cAvArero

horrorism
nAming contemporAry violence

Horrorism
Naming Contemporary Violence

The Scientific Way of Warfare
Order and Chaos on the Battlefields of Modernity

Adriana Cavarero
Translated by William McCuaig

Antoine J. Bousquet
“antoine J. bousquet translates a series of pro-

“essential.”—Choice

found scientific developments into an accessible and engaging narrative of technology as artifact and metaphor. he writes with great eloquence and texture, while simultaneously treating complex theoretical issues with the light touch that will ensure a large audience.”—Michael innes, syracuse university

Adriana Cavarero, one of the world’s most provocative feminist theorists and political philosophers, introduces a new word—horrorism—to capture the experience of violence. Unlike terror, horrorism is a form of violation grounded in the offense of disfiguration and massacre. Numerous outbursts of violence fall within Cavarero’s category, especially when considered from the perspective of the victim. Cavarero locates horrorism in the philosophical, political, literary, and artistic representations of defenseless and vulnerable victims, and she forges a link between horror, extermination, and massacre, especially in the Nazi death camps.
“a remarkable meditation on the macabre world of modern political violence that will appeal to a wide range of readers.”—arjun appadurai, new york university
adriana cavarero is professor of political philosophy at

Beginning with the scientific revolution and concluding with today’s terrorist networks, Antoine J. Bousquet advances a novel history of scientific methodology in the context of the battlefield. He explores the benefits (such as a unique chain of command to safeguard the use of nuclear weapons) and decentralizing (such as the flexible networks that connect insurgents) of military affairs, and follows with specific scientific approaches to war: mechanistic, thermodynamic, cybernetic, and a network-centric theory allied with the nonlinear sciences.
a n to i n e j. b o u s q u e t is lecturer in international relations

the University of Verona.

at Birkbeck College, University of London.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-14457-5
Ja n ua ry

$26.50s paper 978-0-231-70079-5
ocTo ber

168 pages

288 pages

p h i lo s o p h y

p o l i T i c s / M i l i Ta ry h i s To ry

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14456-8
ne w d i r e cT io n s i n c r iTical T h eory

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-70078-8
a coluM bia / hursT book

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Giangiacomo Feltrinelli Editore Milano

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

A Tragedy of Democracy
Japanese Confinement in North America

GREG ROBINSON

A Tragedy of Democracy
Japanese Confinement in North America

Hubert Harrison
The Voice of Harlem Radicalism, 1883–1918 Volume 1

Greg Robinson
“a superb history about one of the more shameful chapters in u.s. history.”—The Japan Times

Jeffrey B. Perry
“perry’s detailed research brings to life a transformative figure who has been little recognized for his contributions to progressive race and class politics.”—Booklist “The most significant black democratic socialist of early-twentieth-century america, and Jeffrey b. perry has brought his thought and practice to life in a powerful and persuasive manner.” —cornel west “will do for harrison what david levering lewis did for du bois.”—Choice “[a] brilliant masterpiece.”—American historical Review “breaks open long-sealed tomes of information about the militant aspect of the harlem renaissance.”—amiri baraka “offers profound insights on race, class, religion, immigration, war, democracy, and social change in america.”—Industrial Worker
j e f f r e y b . p e r ry is an independent scholar and editor of g r e g r o b i n s o n is associate professor of history at

Greg Robinson reveals the extent of the American government’s surveillance of Japanese communities in the years leading up to World War II and the construction of what officials termed “concentration camps” for enemy aliens. He also considers the place of Japanese Americans in civil rights struggles and the movement for redress, and the role of the camps as touchstones for commemoration and debate.
“deftly merges the pacific rim experience into one coherent magnum opus.”—Nichi Bei Times “Memorable . . . revealing.”—Times Literary Supplement “original and comprehensive. uses archival materials that have never been analyzed before and the work extends beyond the united states to canada and latin america.”—Frank wu, author of Yellow

A Hubert Harrison Reader.

l’Université du Québec à Montréal.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-12923-7
n ov eM b e r

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-13911-3
noveMb er bioGraphy

408 pages

624 pages

h i s To r y / a s i a n s T u d i e s

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-12922-0 World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-13910-6 All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 57

n e w i n pa p e r
58 | fa l l

cup

Mary-Jane Rubenstein

society and t h e communication in the m u l t i v o i c e d age of diversity b o d y

Strange Wonder
the cloSure of metaphySicS and the opening of aWe

•

fred evans

Strange Wonder
The Closure of Metaphysics and the Opening of Awe

The Multivoiced Body
Society and Communication in the Age of Diversity

Mary-Jane Rubenstein
“a very fine combination of lucid exposition of extremely intractable material, meticulous scholarship, and a genuinely original contribution to burning issues in contemporary philosophy, theology, and philosophical theology.”—denys Turner, yale university

Fred Evans
“The kind of book that establishes new, more interdisciplinary fields of study in social-political philosophy.”—Journal of Philosophy

Mary-Jane Rubenstein locates a reopening of wonder’s primordial uncertainty in the work of Martin Heidegger, for whom wonder is first experienced as the shock at the groundlessness of things and then as an astonishment that things nevertheless are. She traces this double movement through Emmanuel Levinas, Jean-Luc Nancy, and Jacques Derrida, ultimately thematizing wonder as the awesome, awful opening that exposes thinking to devastation as well as transformation. In Rubenstein’s study, wonder reveals the extraordinary in and through the ordinary and is crucial to reimagining political, religious, and ethical thought.
m a ry- ja n e r u b e n st e i n is assistant professor of religion

By envisioning the public as a multivoiced body, Fred Evans offers a solution to the dilemma of diversity. The multivoiced body is one and many—heterogeneous voices that separate and bind themselves together through their continuous and creative interplay. By focusing on this notion, Evans shows how we can valorize the solidarity, diversity, and richness of society and resist the urge to raise a single discourse to the level of “one true God,” “pure race,” or some other “oracle.” To build his argument, he draws on the major figures and themes of analytic and continental philosophy, as well as modernist, postmodernist, postcolonial, and feminist discourses.
“The breadth and scope of this book are dazzling.”—kelly oliver, vanderbilt university
f r e d e va n s is professor of philosophy and director of

at Wesleyan University.

the Center for Interpretive and Qualitative Research at Duquesne University.

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-14633-3
nov eM b e r

$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-14501-5
dece Mber

272 pages

368 pages

p h i lo s o p h y

p h i lo s o p h y / p o l i T i c s

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14632-6
i n s u r r e c Tio n s : c r iT ic al sT u dies in reli Gi on, poli T i cs, an d c u lTu r e

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14500-8 All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

Not Being God
A Collaborative Autobiography

Gianni Vattimo
with Piergiorgio Paterlini
Translated by William McCuaig

Thin Places
A Pilgrimage Home

Not Being God
A Collaborative Autobiography

Ann Armbrecht
G o l d w i n n e r o F T h e n a u T i l u s awa r d , MeMoir/personal Journey

Gianni Vattimo
With Piergiorgio Paterlini Translated by William McCuaig

“speaking from the heart of vattimo, this book is often very funny and reads like a novel, yet it is also an extraordinary introduction to the important work of a master thinker of postmodernism.”—Jean Grondin, author of Introduction to Philosophical hermeneutics

Merging her travels in Nepal with the tensions generated by a disintegrating marriage back home, Ann Armbrecht explores the sacredness of the places that lie between internal and external landscapes, the self and others, and the self and the land. She explores the disconnections in our most intimate relationships and their relation to our destruction of the land.
“a book you’ll want to spend time with.” —Rutland herald “stirring on many levels—emotional, religious, physical, sensual. . . . armbrecht’s is a lovely and humble journey.”—orion “armbrecht’s vulnerability, wisdom, and unflinching honesty at a time of great crisis for the west make this story one of the most important books of the last year.”—The Valley Reporter

Gianni Vattimo reflects on a lifetime of politics, sexual radicalism, and philosophical exuberance in postwar Italy. Turin forms the core of his reminiscences, enhanced by fascinating vignettes of studying under Hans Georg Gadamer, teaching in the United States, serving as a public intellectual and interlocutor of Habermas and Derrida, and working within the European Parliament to unite Europe. One of the most compelling accounts of homosexuality, history, politics, and philosophical invention in the twentieth century.
g i a n n i vat t i m o teaches philosophy at the University of

a n n a r m b r e c h t is also the author of Settlements of

Turin and is a renowned public intellectual and member of the European parliament.
p i e r g i o r g i o pat e r l i n i is a writer and journalist living in

Hope: An Account of Tibetan Refugees in Nepal and lives in Vermont with her husband and two children.

Italy.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-14653-1
d e c eMb e r MeMoir

$18.50s / £13.00 paper 978-0-231-14721-7
ocTo ber

296 pages

200 pages

M e M o i r / p h i lo s o p h y

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14652-4 All Rights: Columbia University Press

Cloth edition 2009, 978-0-231-14720-0 World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Aliberti Editore S.R.L

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 59

n e w i n pa p e r Triumph of Order
Democracy and Public Space in New York and London

One Hundred Poets, One Poem Each
A Translation of the Ogura Hyakunin Isshu

Beyond the Final Score
The Politics of Sport in Asia

Victor D. Cha
“a profound study of the cultural and political dynamics of the asia-pacific region.” —Taiwan Today

Lisa Keller
“offers smart insights into how a city defines quality of life.” —New York Times

Peter McMillan
Foreword by Donald Keene

“vivid emotions.”—Time, Asia edition

Treating nineteenth-century London and New York as case studies, Lisa Keller examines sanctioned free speech, controlled public assembly, new urban regulations, and the quelling of riots. She concludes with these cities today and whether the scales have been tipped too far in favor of order and control.
“The all-too-rare scholarly book that, being so well written, is fully accessible to the proverbial general reader.”—Times higher education Supplement
l i s a k e l l e r is associate professor

An anthology of one hundred waka poems (precursors of haiku), from the seventh to the middle of the thirteenth centuries. Poems are accompanied by calligraphic representations in Japanese and line drawings depicting individual poets. Explanatory notes place works in context and an appendix includes both Japanese typed and romanized versions.
“by far the best translation to date.”—donald keene, columbia university
p e t e r m c m i l l a n is a professor of for-

Victor D. Cha ties the 2008 Beijing Olympic games to the politics of sport in Asia and its embodiment of national identity, nationalism, and the processes of globalization.
“illuminates both the good and the bad roles sports can play in a society.”—Korea herald “as cha shows, sport expresses and influences some of the most dramatic developments in society and politics.”—andrew J. nathan, columbia university
v i c t o r d. c h a is D. S. Song–Korea

Foundation Chair in Asian Studies, Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service, Georgetown University.

of history at Purchase College, State University of New York.

eign studies at Kyorin University.

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14673-9
s e p T eM b e r h i s To r y

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14399-8
sep Te Mber

$18.50s / £13.00 paper 978-0-231-15491-8
January

368 pages

240 pages

200 pages

a s i a n s T u d i e s / l i T e r aT u r e

asian sTudies

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14672-2
co lu M bi a h i sTo ry o F urban li F e

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-14398-1
T ranslaT i ons Fr oM The asian classics

Cloth edition 2008, 978-0-231-15490-1
conT eM porary asia in Th e world

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights except Japanese-language Rights: Columbia University Press; Japaneselanguage Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

60 | fa l l

2010

The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Drama
Edited and with an introduction by Xiaomei Chen
The first of its kind in English, this anthology reproduces twenty-two popular plays from 1919 to 2000, accompanied by a comprehensive introduction to the historical, cultural, and aesthetic evolution of twentieth-century Chinese spoken drama. Primarily composed of works from the People’s Republic of China, with representative plays from Hong Kong and Taiwan, this collection showcases more than the revolutionary rethinking of Chinese theater and performance that began in the late Qing dynasty. It reflects the formation of Chinese national and gender identities during a period of tremendous social and political change—not to mention the genesis of contemporary attitudes toward the West. Early-twentieth-century Chinese drama embodies the uncertainty and anxiety brought on by modernism, socialism, political conflict, and war. After 1949, the PRC theater paints a complex portrait of the rise of communism in China, with the ideals of Chinese socialism juxtaposed against the sacrifices made for a new society. The Cultural Revolution promoted a “model theater” cultivated from the achievements of earlier, leftist spoken drama, despite the fact that this theater rose from the destruction of old culture. Post-Mao drama addresses the Chairman’s legacy and the attempts made by a wounded nation to reexamine its cultural roots. Taiwan’s spoken drama uniquely synthesizes regional and foreign traditions, and Hong Kong’s spoken drama sparkles as a hybrid of Chinese and Western influences. Immensely valuable for scholars of cross-disciplinary, comparative, and performance study, this anthology identifies China’s place within global culture and economy.
X i ao m e i c h e n is professor of Chinese and comparative literature at
T H E C o L U m B I a a N T H o L o G Y o F

reFerence

MODERN C H I N E S E D RA M A
E D I T E D B Y

X I a o m E I

C H E N

“a great piece of historical and analytical scholarship, evincing a breadth of history and depth of ideological critique hard to find in critics preoccupied with body and performance. The plays are not simply material for historical survey; their line-up forms an argument on china’s pursuit of modernity, social justice, and equality.” —ban wang, stanford university

the University of California at Davis. Among her books are Acting the Right Part: Political Theater and Popular Culture in Contemporary China and Reading the Right Text: An Anthology of Contemporary Chinese Drama.

$95.00s / £65.50 cloth 978-0-231-14570-1 $95.00s / £65.50 ebook 978-0-231-52160-4
noveM ber

1,132 pages

a s i a n l i T e r aT u r e / d r a M a Modern as ian l iTe raT ure series

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 61

Classical Arabic Stories
An Anthology

reFerence

Edited by Salma Khadra Jayyusi
Short fiction was an immensely popular art in the medieval and premodern Arab world, providing the perfect vehicle for transmitting the tenets of classical Islam. Reading these texts today illuminates the wide spectrum of early Arab life and suggests the influences and innovations that flourished so vibrantly in medieval Arab society. The only resource of its kind, Salma Khadra Jayyusi’s Classical Arabic Stories chooses from an impressive corpus, including excerpts from six seminal works: Ibn Tufail’s novel Hayy ibn Yaqzan; Ibn al-Muqaffa’s Kalila wa Dimna; The Misers of al-Jahiz; The Brethren of Purity’s Protest of Animals Against Man; Al-Maqamat (The Assemblies), and the epic romance Sayf Bin Dhi Yazan. Jayyusi organizes her anthology thematically, beginning with a presentation of pre-Islamic tales, the stories of rulers and other notables, and thrilling narratives of danger and warfare. She follows with tales of religion, comedy, the strange and the supernatural, and love. Long assumed to be the lesser achievement in comparison to Arabic literature’s most celebrated genre—poetry—classical Arabic fiction, under Jayyusi’s careful eye, finally receives its proper debut, demonstrating its unparalleled contribution to the evolution of medieval literature and its sophisticated representation of Arabic culture and life.
sa l m a k h a d r a jayy u s i is the author of the two-volume Trends and

Classical Arabic Stories
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

an antholog y

Edited by Salma Khadra Jayyusi

“This highly innovative anthology is conceived around the notion that classical islam is varied, rich, synthetic, and inventive. it is a mixture of races, cultures, and histories that blended together under the banner of islam and expressed itself in arabic as the language of power and islam.”—amira el-Zein, author of Islam, Arabs, and the Intelligent World of the Jinn

Movements in Modern Arabic Poetry and the editor of Modern Arabic Fiction: An Anthology; Modern Arabic Poetry: An Anthology; Anthology of Modern Palestinian Literature; and The Legacy of Muslim Spain. The winner of many prestigious awards, including the Sultan al Owais Cultural and Scientific Achievement Prize, the Edward Said Award for Career Excellence, and the award of the Olive Branch Organization in Lebanon for “Cultural Accomplishment,” she is the founder and director of East-West Nexus, dedicated to the study of Arabic civilization and cultural achievements, and the Project of Translation from Arabic, PROTA.

$60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14922-8 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52027-0
o c To ber

400 pages

l i T e r aT u r e / M i d d l e e a s T s T u d i e s

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author

62 | fa l l

2010

The Columbia History of the Vietnam War
Edited by David L. Anderson
Edited by

reFerence

The columbia hisTory of the
David L. anderson

vieTnam war

America’s experience in Vietnam continues to figure prominently in debates over strategy and defense and within the discourse on the identity of the United States as a nation. Through fifteen essays rooted in recent scholarship, The Columbia History of the Vietnam War is a chronological and critical collective history central to any discussion of America’s interests abroad. David Anderson opens with an essay on the Vietnam War’s major themes and enduring relevance. Mark Philip Bradley (University of Chicago) reexamines the rise of Vietnamese revolutionary nationalism and the Vietminhled war against French colonialism. Richard Immerman (Temple University) revisits Eisenhower’s and Kennedy’s efforts at nation building in South Vietnam. Gary Hess (Bowling Green State University) reviews America’s military commitment under Kennedy and Johnson, and Lloyd Gardner (Rutgers University) investigates the motivations behind Johnson’s escalation of force. John Prados (National Security Archive) and Eric Bergerud (Naval Postgraduate School) devote their essays to America’s military strategy. Helen Anderson (California State University, Monterey Bay) and Robert Brigham (Vassar College) explore the war’s impact on Vietnamese women and urban culture. Melvin Small (Wayne State University) recounts the domestic tensions created by America’s involvement in Vietnam, and Kenton Clymer (Northern Illinois University) follows the spread of the war to Laos and Cambodia. Concluding essays by Robert Schulzinger (University of Colorado) and George Herring (University of Kentucky) trace the legacy of the war and diagnose the symptoms of the “Vietnam Syndrome” evident in later U.S. foreign policy debates.
dav i d l . a n d e r s o n is professor of history at California State

“a tremendously valuable collection of essays, presenting the insights of some of the best vietnam war scholars of two generations. a lineup of the field’s heavyweights.”—seth Jacobs, boston college “an excellent overview of the major issues and events of the war while paying great attention to both american and vietnamese perspectives. written by some of the most outstanding scholars of the conflict.”—Joseph G. Morgan, iona college

University, Monterey Bay, and past president of the Society for Historians of American Foreign Relations.

$65.00s / £45.00 cloth 978-0-231-13480-4 $65.00s / £45.00 ebook 978-0-231-50932-9
noveMber h i s To ry co luMbia Guides To aMe rican hi sTo ry and culT ures

480 pages / 4 illus.

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 63

The Invention of International Relations Theory
Realism, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the 1954 Conference on Theory

The Primacy of the Political
An Introduction to the History of Political Thought

P o l i t i c s / c u r r e n t A f fA i r s
64  |  fa l l

Dick Howard
The conflict between politics and antipolitics has replayed itself throughout Western history and philosophical thought. Plato’s quest for absolute certainty led him to denounce political democracy, an antipolitical position later challenged by Aristotle. This back-and-forth exchange came to a head at the time of the American and French revolutions. Through this wide-ranging narrative, Dick Howard throws new light on a recurring philosophical dilemma, proving our political problems are not as unique as we think. Howard begins with ancient Greece and the rise and fall of republican politics in Rome. In the wake of Rome’s collapse, the conflict between politics and antipolitics reemerged through the contrasting theories of Saint Augustine and Saint Thomas. During the Renaissance and the Reformation, the emergence of the modern individual again shifted the terrain. Even so, politics vs. antipolitics dominated the period, frustrating even Machiavelli, who sought to reconceptualize the nature of political thought. Hobbes and Locke, theorists of the social contract, then reenacted the conflict, which Rousseau sought (in vain) to overcome. Adam Smith and the growth of modern economic liberalism, the radicalism of the French revolution, and the conservative reaction of Edmund Burke subsequently marked the triumph of antipolitics, and the American Revolution may have offered the potential groundwork for a renewal of politics.
D i c k   H owa r D is distinguished professor of philosophy at

Edited by Nicolas Guilhot
“indispensable. While this volume will be widely read, cited, and assigned within the discipline, it will also be important in American and world intellectual history and in the critical history of ideas about world organization and world politics.”—samuel Moyn, author of Democracy Past and Future

The 1954 Conference on Theory, sponsored by the Rockefeller Foundation, featured a “who’s who” of scholars and practitioners debating what would become the foundations of international relations theory. Assembling his own team of experts, all of whom have struggled with the legacy of this conference, Nicolas Guilhot revisits a seminal event in the discipline and its odd rejection of scientific rationalism. Far from being a spontaneous development, these essays argue, the emergence of a “realist” approach to international politics, later codified at the conference, was deliberately triggered by the Rockefeller Foundation. The organization was an early advocate of scholars who opposed the idea of a “science” of politics, pursuing, for the sake of disciplinary autonomy, a vision of politics as a pre-rational and existential dimension of the human condition. The archived conversations reproduced here for the first time, as well as unpublished papers by Hans Morgenthau, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Nitze, speak to this defensive stance.
N i c o l a s   G u i l H o t is senior research associate at the

Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique.

the State University of New York, Stony Brook.

$29.50s / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15267-9 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15266-2 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52644-9
JA nuAry

$34.50s / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-13595-5 $105.00s / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-13594-8 $105.00s / £72.50 ebook 978-0-231-50975-6
october

368 pages / 1 illus.

416 pages

i n t e r n At i o n A l r e l At i o n s / P o l i t i c s

P o l i t i c s / P h i lo s o P h y coluMbi A studi es i n P oli ti cAl thought / P oli ti cAl hi story

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

After Evil
A Politics of Human Rights

Rethinking Islamophobia
Edited by Salman Sayyid and Abdulkaroom Vakil
While the concept of “Islamophobia” has gained traction since 9/11, its meaning and implications vary widely among political, religious, and intellectual groups. Many disagree over the kind of experiences that should be viewed as Islamophobic, and they argue over the labeling of certain security measures as Islamophobic, the claim that imprisoning terrorists is an institutionalization of Islamophobia, and the belief that attacks on Muslims in Western democracies is a manifestation of Islamophobia. International in scope, Thinking Through Islamophobia investigates the genesis and use of this concept in a variety of contexts. Contributors relate the phenomenon to such prejudicial practices as racism and anti-Semitism yet insist that Islamophobia is more than a polemical term relating to reactionaries and extremists. Instead, these essays lay out a legitimate framework for defining and understanding Islamophobia free from the debates that threaten to consume it. They also uniquely engage with the overlooked ways that the rights of Muslims have been challenged in countries across the world.
sa l m a n sayy i d is the director of the Centre of Ethnicity

p o l i T i c s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s

Robert Meister
“The rare work of a genuine thinker, one who permits no phenomenon, discourse, event, or category of analysis to be assumed or left uninterrogated. There is no question about this book’s brilliance, profundity, intellectual range, and originality of argument. it makes most other contemporary political theory books pale.” —wendy brown, university of california, berkeley

Contemporary human rights discourse speaks about past evils, such as the Holocaust or the Cold War, in such a way that they are committed solidly to the past. Termed “transitional” justice, this technique allows future generations to move forward, but the false assumption of closure enables those who are guilty to elude responsibility, and those who seek redress find themselves denied justice indefinitely. This approach to history doesn’t presuppose evil ends when justice begins. Rather, it assumes that the time before justice is the moment to put evil in the past. Merging examples from literature and history, Robert Meister confronts the problem of closure and the resolution of historical injustice. He boldly challenges the empty moral logic of “never again,” or the theoretical reduction of evil to a cycle of violence and counterviolence broken down once evil is remembered for what it was. Meister calls out such methods for their cruelty and susceptibility to exploitation. Specifically, he follows “never again” in relation to Auschwitz and its evolution into a twenty-first-century doctrine of Responsibility to Protect.
r o b e r t m e i s t e r is professor of social and political

and Racism Studies at the University of Leeds. He is the author of A Fundamental Fear: Eurocentrism and the Emergence of Islamism and coeditor of A Postcolonial People: South Asians in Britain.
a b d u l ka r o o m va k i l is a lecturer in the Department of

Portuguese Studies at King’s College, University of London.

thought at the University of California, Santa Cruz.

$60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15036-1 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52095-9
de c eMb e r poliTics co luM b i a sT u d i e s i n pol i Ti cal Thou Gh T / po liTi cal h isTo ry

$50.00s cloth 978-0-231-70206-5
d eceM ber

320 pages

608 pages

i s l a M i c s T u d i e s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s a coluM bia / hursT book

All Rights: Hurst & Co.

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 65

Globalized Arts
The Entertainment Economy and Cultural Identity

The Anarchic Sea
Maritime Security in the Twenty-First Century

p o l i T i c s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s
66 | fa l l

Dave Sloggett
Recently the sea has become the locus of international terrorism and transnational crime, with the smuggling of drugs, weapons, and people monopolizing the resources of governments and agencies. These threats have united otherwise disparate countries in the fight to secure the ocean’s trade and traffic. Yet the effort to control maritime activity can also give rise to great tension and conflict, as in the fight over Spratley and Paracel Islands in the South China Sea and the Lomonosov Ridge in the Arctic Ocean. The dwindling of natural resources might also force the world’s navies to battle over economically vital sea lanes—the growth of such forces across the world being one sign of imminent conflict. The development of military capacity always increases the possibility of abuse. The Anarchic Sea maps the terrain of modern maritime security through seven dimensions, concluding with suggestions for integrating individual components into a cohesive, more efficient protective network.
“a most timely, comprehensive, and relevant study of the challenges and considerations surrounding maritime security.”—sym Taylor, former commander, royal navy
dav e s lo g g e t t is a senior associate analyst working

J. P. Singh
“a subtle and well-honed sense of the benefits of cultural globalization while remaining sensitive to potential drawbacks. i found wisdom on every page.”—Tyler cowen, author of Creative Destruction: how Globalization is Changing the World’s Culture

Our interactive world can take a cultural product, such as a Hollywood film, Bollywood song, or Latin American telenovela, and transform it into a source of cultural anxiety. Film, music, television, and the performing arts enter the same networks of exchange as other industries, and the anxiety they produce informs a fascinating area of study not only for art and culture but also for global politics. Focusing on the confrontation between global politics and symbolic creative expression, J. P. Singh shows how, by integrating themselves into international markets, entertainment industries give rise to far-reaching cultural anxieties. With examples from Hollywood, Bollywood, French grand opera, Latin American television, West African music, postcolonial literature, and even the Thai sex trade, Singh cites both the attempt to address cultural discomfort and the effort to deny entertainment acts as cultural. He connects creative expression to clashes between national identities, and he details the effect of cultural policies, such as institutional patronage and economic incentives, on the making and incorporation of art into the global market. Ultimately, Singh shows how these issues impact debates on cultural trade.
j . p. s i n g h is associate professor of communication, cul-

with Dryad Maritime Intelligence Service and holds visiting research posts at the Centre for Defence Studies, Kings College London, York University, and the United Kingdom Defence Academy. He is also a visiting lecturer at the NATO School in Oberammergau and has nearly forty years of experience in the field of intelligence and international security.

ture, and technology at Georgetown University.

$39.50s / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-14718-7 $39.50s / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-51919-9
n ov e Mb e r

$60.00s cloth 978-0-231-70220-1
nove Mber

288 pages

256 pages / 5 illus. / 15 tables

s e c u r i T y s T u d i e s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s a coluMbia / hursT book

p o l i T i c s / c u lT u r a l s T u d i e s

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Hurst & Co

2010

After Pluralism
Reimagining Religious Engagement

Religion, the Enlightenment, and the New Global Order
Edited by John M. Owen and J. Judd Owen
Largely because of the cultural and political shift of the Enlightenment, Western societies emerged from sectarian conflict and embraced a more religiously moderate path. In nine original essays, leading scholars ask whether the Enlightenment can quell today's tensions between politically active religions. Contributors begin with the Enlightenment’s restructuring of the West, examining its past and future encounters with Protestant and Catholic Christianity, Judaism, Islam, and Hinduism. While strongly attuned to the difficulties of implementing the principles of the Enlightenment worldwide, these scholars ultimately believe its elements have a necessary place within the new global order. Their approach treats conflict as a means to cooperation and sees religious commitment as a bolster, instead of a detriment, to political civility. Ultimately, they collapse both the claim that the West’s experience offers a ready-made template for the world to follow and the belief that the West’s achievements are to be ignored, despised, or discarded.
c o n t r i b u t o r s : Jean Bethke Elshtain (University of

reliGion

Edited by Courtney Bender and Pamela E. Klassen
“The first volume to bring together scholars from a variety of fields whose work critically examines the genealogy of secularism and its relationship to pluralism, the potentially negative implications and underlying assumptions of tolerance, and the naturalized hegemony of the law vis-à-vis religion in liberal democracies. probably the most ambitious and influential effort to map out religious pluralism in the united states.”—nathaniel deutsch, university of california, santa cruz

While acknowledging the importance of diversity, the contributors to this volume instead treat religious pluralism as historically and ideologically produced, its doctrine having embedded itself within a range of political, civic, and cultural institutions. Working comparatively across nations and disciplines, these essays explore pluralism as a “term of art” that determines the norms of identity and the parameters of exchange, encounter, and conflict. They question the assumptions and power relations underlying pluralism’s discourse and its influence on the legal decisions that have shaped modern religious practice. Having established the genealogy and effects of pluralism, contributors then generate a new set of questions for engaging the collective worlds and multiple registers in which religion operates.
c o u r t n e y b e n d e r is associate professor of reli-

Chicago); William A. Galston (University of Maryland); Sohail H. Hashmi (Mount Holyoke); David Novak (University of Toronto); Pratap Bhanu Mehta (Center for Policy Research, New Delhi); John M. Owen; J. Judd Owen; Thomas L. Pangle (University of Texas at Austin); Roberto Papini (LUMSA University); Abdulaziz Sachedina (University of Virginia); John Witte Jr. (Emory University)
j o h n m . ow e n is associate professor of politics and fac-

gion at Columbia University and the author of The New Metaphysicals: Spirituality and the American Religious Imagination.
pa m e l a e . k l a s s e n is associate professor of religion

ulty fellow at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Culture at the University of Virginia.
j . j u d d ow e n is associate professor of political science

at the University of Toronto and the author of Healing Christians: Liberal Protestants and the Pathologies of Modernity.

and a senior fellow at the center for the Study of Law and Religion at Emory University.

$29.50s / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15233-4 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15232-7 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52726-2
oc To b e r reliGion re l iGi o n , c u lT ur e a n d p u blic l i Fe

$29.50s / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15007-1 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15006-4 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52662-3
January reliGion coluMb ia series on r eliG i on and poli Tics

416 pages

336 pages

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 67

The Other Cold War
Heonik Kwon
"This book is a history, not of the end of the cold war, but of the process of its ending, both locally and globally. it is a rich and compelling account of that complex period."—Marilyn b. young, new york university

The Curse of Berlin
Africa and the World After the Cold War

hisTory
68 | fa l l

Adekeye Adebajo
At the 1884–1885 Conference of Berlin, a collection of states, mostly European, established the partition of Africa. The “Curse,” as the conference has come to be called, is the grounding theme of Adekeye Adebajo’s trenchant study, though his guiding focus is the development of Africa in the years after the Cold War. Adebajo opens with Africa’s quest for security, featuring essays on the continent’s political institutions, such as the African Union and subregional bodies. He follows with chapters on the United Nations and its operations in Africa, particularly its political, peacekeeping, and socioeconomic missions. Adebajo includes two rare profiles of the secretary generals who worked with the UN from 1992 to 2006: Egypt’s Boutros Boutros-Ghali and Ghana’s Kofi Annan. Africa’s pursuit of representative leadership informs the next section, with essays examining the hegemonic influence of South Africa, Nigeria, China, France, and the United States. Concluding chapters discuss Africa’s search for unity, exploring the direct and indirect impact of Nelson Mandela, Thabo Mbeki, Kwame Nkrumah, Cecil Rhodes, Barack Obama, and Mahatma Gandhi.
“adekeye adebajo is one of the brightest of his generation of africanists, and this book not only displays his deep knowledge of the continent but also his considerable flair and enthusiasm.
h e o n i k kwo n is reader in anthropology at the London

In this conceptually bold project, Heonik Kwon uses anthropology to interrogate the Cold War’s cultural and historical narratives. Adopting a truly panoramic view of local politics and international events, he challenges the notion that the Cold War was a global struggle fought uniformly around the world and that the end of the war marked a radical, universal rupture in modern history. Incorporating comparative ethnographic study into a thorough analysis of the period, Kwon upends cherished ideas about the global and their hold on contemporary social science. His narrative describes the slow decomposition of a complex social and political order involving a number of local and culturally creative processes. While the nations of Europe and North America experienced the Cold War as a time of “long peace,” postcolonial nations entered a different reality altogether, characterized by vicious civil wars and other exceptional forms of violence. Arguing that these events should be integrated into any account of the era, Kwon captures the first sociocultural portrait of the Cold War in all its subtlety and diversity.

School of Economics and author of Ghosts of War in Vietnam and After the Massacre: Commemoration and Consolation in Ha My and My Lai.

a must read for all scholars working on african international relations.”—James Mayall, university of cambridge
a d e k e y e a d e b a j o is executive director of the Centre for

Conflict Resolution in Cape Town, South Africa.

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15304-1 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52670-8
n ov e Mb e r h i s To r y colu Mb i a sT ud i e s i n i nT ernaT ional and Global hisTory

$50.00s cloth 978-0-231-70200-3
se pTeM ber

384 pages

240 pages

a F r i c a n s T u d i e s / h i s To ry a coluM bia / hursT book

All Rights: Hurst & Co

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

German Colonialism
Race, the Holocaust, and Postwar Germany

Mercenaries, Pirates, Bandits, and Empires
Private Violence in Historical Context

hisTory

Edited by Volker Langbehn and Mohammad Salama
More than half a century before the mass executions of the Holocaust, Germany devastated the peoples of southwestern Africa. While colonialism might seem marginal to German history, controversial new scholarship compares the acts of this period with Nazi practices on the Eastern and Western fronts. Drawing on the most recent research concerning the “continuity thesis,” the chapters in this collection debate connections between German colonialist activities and the behavior of Germany during World War II. Some argue that the country’s domination of southwestern Africa gave rise to perceptions of racial difference and superiority at home, contributing to a nascent nationalism that blossomed into National Socialism and the Holocaust, while others remain skeptical about the connection. Contributors merge Germany’s colonial past with debates over the country’s identity and history and compare its colonial crimes with other European ventures. Issues discussed range from the denial or marginalization of German genocide to the place of colonialism and the Holocaust within German-Israel postwar relations. Authors also compare the legacy of genocide in both Europe and Africa.
vo lker l angbehn teaches German in the Department of

Edited by Alejandro Colás and Bryan Mabee
“well conceived and consistent with the growing literature on international relations’ alternative expressions and forms.”—Michael innes, leeds university

Foreign Languages and Literatures at San Francisco State University.
mo hammad sa lama teaches Arabic in the Department of

Incidents of private violence were once dismissed as relics of a less evolved world, but the international activities of terrorists, insurgents, private military companies, and pirates have brought the phenomenon back to global prominence. Interpreting these acts through their individual historical contexts, this collection traces the development of private violence and conducts a comparative analysis of its growth across different geographical planes. Nine comprehensive chapters recount the making of pirates, privateers, mercenaries, warlords, bandits, and smugglers—groups of men (and, occasionally, women) who commit violence outside or on the borders of state authority. Contributors sample from political anthropology and economy, historical sociology, and international relations, underscoring the way in which private violence both threatens existing social orders and empowers established political authorities. They denaturalize the idea that national states are the true, dominant actors in the global sphere, examining the contradictory yet complex interactions among nonstate violence, authority, and political mobilization.
a l e ja n d r o co l ás is senior lecturer in international rela-

Foreign Languages and Literatures at San Francisco State University.

tions at Birkbeck College, University of London.
b rya n m a b e e is senior lecturer in international politics at

Queen Mary, University of London.

$29.50s / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14973-0 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14972-3 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-52054-6
Ja n ua ry h i s To r y

$55.00s cloth 978-0-231-70208-9
d eceM ber h i s To ry a coluM bia / hursT book

288 pages

400 pages / 3 illus.

All Rights: Hurst & Co

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 69

Policing Economic Crime in Russia
From Soviet Planned Economy to Privatization

Reds at the Blackboard
Communism, Civil Rights, and the New York City Teachers Union

hisTory
70 | fa l l

Gilles Favarel-Garrigues
Translated by Roger Leverdier

Clarence Taylor
The New York City Teachers Union shares a deep history with the American left. Established in 1916, the union maintained an early, unofficial partnership with the American Communist Party, staffing key positions with members sympathetic to party goals. Clarence Taylor recounts this pivotal relationship and its backlash, as the union threw its support behind controversial policies and rights movements. Taylor’s research reaffirms the party’s close ties with the union yet, at the same time, makes clear that the organization was anything but a puppet of communist power. Reds at the Blackboard showcases the rise of a unique type of unionism that would later dominate the organizational efforts to promote civil rights, academic freedom, and the empowerment of blacks and Latinos. Through its affiliation with the Communist Party, the union pioneered social-movement unionism, solidifying ties with labor groups, black and Latino parents, and civil rights organizations. During this period, the union established a model parent-teacher partnership that has yet to be duplicated. It also militantly fought to improve working conditions for teachers while championing broader social concerns. Taylor also recounts how anti-Semitism and McCarthyism affected the union.
c l a r e n c e tay lo r is professor of history and black and

“a valuable contribution to the existing literature on crime, policing, and economic reform in late-soviet/post-soviet russia.”—brian Taylor, syracuse university

From Brezhnev to Yeltsin, Gilles FavarelGarrigues explores the management of economic crime in Russia, recasting the history of the “criminal problem” that has tainted Russian politics since the late 1980s. In the closing decades of the Soviet regime, shortages of goods and services precipitated a rapid increase in black market and underground practices, visible to all yet wholly illegal. FavarelGarrigues explains why certain cases were selected for prosecution and why particular funds and manpower were deployed to combat “economic crime.” Law enforcement agencies were also charged with stemming the fallout from Mikhail Gorbachev’s liberal economic reforms. Russia’s judicial framework proved too obsolete to deal with far-reaching economic change, tempting many in law enforcement to privatize their professional know-how. Drawing on firsthand research with both criminals and policemen, Favarel-Garrigues scrupulously investigates the changing face of criminal law and its practice before and after the fall of the Soviet state.
g i l l e s fava r e l- g a r r i g u e s is a CNRS researcher at

CERI-Sciences Po, Paris, specializing in Russian law enforcement and the global drive to stop transnational crime. He serves on the editorial board of Critique Internationale, Cultures and Conflicts, and International Political Sociology, and is the coauthor of Crime and States.

Hispanic studies at Baruch College and professor of history at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. His books include The Black Churches of Brooklyn and Knocking at Our Own Door: Milton A. Galamison and the Struggle to Integrate New York City Schools.

$60.00s cloth 978-0-231-70214-0
Ja n ua ry h i s To r y a co lu Mb i a / h u r sT b ook

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15268-6 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52648-7
de ceM ber

288 pages

384 pages

a M e r i c a n h i s To ry / p o l i T i c s

All Rights: Hurst & Co

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

The Gold Standard at the Turn of the Twentieth Century
Rising Powers, Global Money, and the Age of Empire

Clio Wired
The Future of the Past in the Digital Age

hisTory

Roy Rosenzweig
Introduction by Anthony Grafton

Steven Bryan
“an impressive and original work. bryan synthesizes an enormous amount of reading on monetary and economic history and uses it to create an interesting and attractive frame for his own research. i have rarely seen the much praised ideal of transnational history so fully achieved.” —Mark Metzler, university of Texas at austin

By the end of the nineteenth century, the world was ready to adopt the gold standard out of fealty concerns of national power, prestige, and anti-British competition. Although the gold standard allowed countries to enact a virtual single world currency, the years before World War I were not a time of unfettered liberal economics and one-world, one-market harmony. Outside of Europe, the gold standard became a tool for nationalists and protectionists interested in growing domestic industry and imperial expansion. This overlooked trend, provocatively reassessed in Steven Bryan’s well-documented history, contradicts our conception of the gold standard as a British-based system infused with English ideas, interests, and institutions. In countries like Japan and Argentina, the gold standard expanded trade and furthered the goals of the age: industry and empire. Bryan argues that these countries looked more to North America and the rest of Europe for ideological models. Not only does this history challenge our idealistic notions of the prewar period, it also reorients our understanding of what followed.
st even bryan is an attorney in Tokyo. His next project is a

In these visionary essays, Roy Rosenzweig, pioneering historian and self-proclaimed “technorealist,” weighs the effect of new media, digital technology, and the Internet on recording, researching, and teaching history. Brokering a compromise between the “cyber-enthusiasts” who champion technological breakthroughs and the “digital-skeptics” who fear the end of humanistic scholarship, Roy Rosenzweig shows, in concrete and theoretical terms, how technology has not only democratized the discipline but also reaffirmed the place of the historian in the making of history. Rosenzweig evaluates the tools now available to researchers and their implications for the historical record. Sources are more accessible than ever; anyone can store and display huge amounts of data; hypertext encourages innovative methods of reading and interpretation— these changes have galvanized amateur energy for history, but they have yet to eclipse the vital role of the historian. Gatekeepers of quality and truth, professional historians are more necessary than ever and must actively maintain the integrity of their work. Rosenzweig helps historians navigate the radical transformation of today’s archive and the possibilities and pitfalls of reframing the past in unprecedented ways. He recommends active engagement with new technologies so audiences remain engaged, rather than alienated, by the work historians produce.
r oy r o s e n z w e i g (1950–2007) was professor of history

and director of the Center for History and New Media at George Mason University. He is the author of The Presence of the Past: Popular Uses of History in American Life and coauthor of Who Built America?.

comparative history of Japan in the 1920s and 1990s.

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15252-5 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52633-3
s epT e Mb e r

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15085-9 $82.50s / £57.00 cloth 978-0-231-15086-6 $82.50s / £57.00 ebook 978-0-231-52171-0
d eceM ber h i s To ry

288 pages / 8 tables

h i s To r y / e c o n o M i c s co luMb i a sTu d i e s i n i nT ernaT ional and Global h i sTo ry

384 pages / 15 illus.

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 71

The Promises of Liberty
The History and Contemporary Relevance of the Thirteenth Amendment

Greece in Asia Minor, 1919–1922
Victoria Solomonidis
“an in-depth chronicle and analysis of the events leading up to the asia Minor disaster, providing a unique account of the Greek administration in smyrna, accompanied by rich and illuminating detail.”—steven Morewood, university of birmingham

hisTory
72 | fa l l

Edited by Alexander Tsesis
In these original essays, America’s leading historians and legal scholars reassess the ratification of the Thirteenth Amendment and its contemporary relevance to issues of liberty, justice, and equality. The Thirteenth Amendment abolished slavery in the United States, reasserting the radical, egalitarian dimensions of the Constitution. It laid the foundation for future civil rights and social justice legislation, yet subsequent reinterpretation and misappropriation has curbed more substantive change. With constitutional jurisprudence undergoing a revival, The Promises of Liberty provides a full historical portrait of the Thirteenth Amendment and its untapped potential for ensuring common liberties. The collection begins with Pulitzer Prize– winning historian David Brion Davis (Yale), and the failure of the Thirteenth Amendment to achieve its framers’ objectives. Davis is followed by James M. McPherson (Princeton), another Pulitzer recipient, relates abolitionists to the ratification process. Subsequent essays address Lincoln’s commitment to ending slavery and the Thirteenth Amendment’s surprisingly small role during and after Reconstruction. The anthology’s third Pulitzer Prize winner, David M. Oshinsky (University of Texas, New York University), explains how peonage undermined the prohibition against compulsory service. Other essays relate the amendment to contemporary issues in organized labor, reproductive rights, and citizenship.
aleXander tsesis is a professor at the Loyola University

In 1919, at the behest of the First World War allies, Greece entered Smyrna and the Vilayet of Aidin, occupying their territories until the finalization of the Ottoman peace treaty. Their stated mission was to protect Greek and other Christian communities from Turkish nationalists, but the underlying motive was a ruthless pursuit of the age-old “Great Idea,” which aimed to absorb unredeemed Hellenes into the Greek kingdom. Despite a bungled military landing and other challenges, High Commissioner Aristidis Stergiadis heroically governed over this disparate population, adhering to a doctrine of peaceful coexistence. The odds, however, were overwhelmingly against him, and in September of 1922, Turkish nationalists gutted the Greek army and expelled Hellenism from Asia Minor. Victoria Solomonidis reclaims the pioneering work of the Greek administration of Smyrna, which contended with postwar allied relations, major foreign financial interests, the plight of Christian minorities in Turkey, the inexorable rise of Turkish nationalism, fraught domestic politics, and uneven developments in both military and diplomatic negotiations. Solomonidis reassesses the work and reputation of Stergiadis, a reluctant yet dedicated public servant, and challenges the view that he was responsible for the Smyrna catastrophe.
v i c t o r i a s o lo m o n i d i s is a fellow at King’s College,

School of Law.

University of London.

$60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14144-4 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52013-3
s ep T e Mb e r

$60.00s cloth 978-0-231-70218-8
de ceM ber h i s To ry a coluMbia / hursT book

320 pages

376 pages

a M e r i c a n h i s To r y / p o l i T i c s

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Hurst & Co

2010

Serious Play
Desire and Authority in the Poetry of Ovid, Chaucer, and Ariosto

Audience Evolution
New Technologies and the Transformation of Media Audiences

liTerary sTudies / Media sTudies

Robert W. Hanning
“hanning’s inspired lectures have brought the literature of the middle ages to life for generations of students. Serious Play draws on decades of scholarship to show us why three of the world’s great comic poets continue to be so exciting and engaging. if you haven’t had the good fortune to study chaucer under hanning, reading this book goes a long way in making up for the loss.” —aravind adiga, booker prize-winning author of The White Tiger

Philip M. Napoli
Today’s consumers access media content through a number of unprecedented and increasingly prevalent platforms, and the development and overlap of television, the Internet, and other outlets have fragmented media audiences, making the effort to reach them more complex. Building on his award-winning book, Audience Economics, Philip M. Napoli maps our current media landscape and its challenge to traditional conceptions of the audience. He also considers changes to audience measurement, both politically and culturally. Napoli examines the ongoing redefinition of the industry-audience relationship by technologies that have moved the audience marketplace beyond traditional metrics. Today, media providers and audience measurement firms deploy new, more sophisticated tools to gather audience information, focusing on factors rarely considered before, such as appreciation, recall, engagement, and behavior. In doing so, the industry has tried to take advantage of new platforms as thoroughly as the consumers they hope to attract. Napoli traces the interplay between political and economic interests and their effect on audience evolution. He recounts battles between stakeholders over the assessment of media audiences and their efforts to restrict the functionality of new technologies, as well as their push to influence new measurements for television, radio, and the Internet.
ph i l i p m. n a p o l i is a professor in the Graduate School of

Through an imaginative analysis of Ovid’s amatory poetry, Chaucer’s dream poems and excerpts from the Canterbury Tales, and Ariosto’s epic Orlando Furioso, Robert W. Hanning identifies the comic mastery that turns these poets’ trenchant critique into such enlightening and disturbing fantasy. This technique, termed serio ludere, or serious play, is especially compelling when studied through these writers and their powerful audiences. Ovid, Chaucer, and Ariosto lived in exciting times (Augustan Rome, late-medieval London, and late-Renaissance Italy, respectively), and their unique position as outsider-insiders afforded them rare freedoms. Their work also rebelled against the “authority” of poetic influence, remaking literary convention while challenging political power.
“a glittering, brilliant romp.”—sarah spence, university of Georgia “will be required reading for graduate students of later medieval and early-modern literature, and i will recommend it enthusiastically to my undergraduates.”—John M. Fyler, Tufts university
r o b e r t w. h a n n i n g taught medieval and Renaissance

Business at Fordham University and director of the Donald McGannon Communication Research Center.

literature at Columbia University for forty-five years.

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15035-4 $45.00s / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15210-5 $45.00s / £31.00 ebook 978-0-231-52639-5
s epT e Mb e r

$82.50s / £57.00 cloth 978-0-231-15034-7 $82.50s / £57.00 ebook 978-0-231-52094-2
n ove Mber

304 pages

288 pages / 6 illus. / 2 tables

liTerary sTudies l eo n a r d h asTi n Gs s ch o FF lec T ures

Media sTudies

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 73

Harmony and War
Confucian Culture and Chinese Power Politics

Behind the Gate
Inventing Students in Beijing

asian sTudies
74 | fa l l

Yuan-kang Wang
“wang yuan-kang offers a powerful test of strategic culture versus structural realism in the contexts of song and Ming china, meticulously weaving together international relations theories and chinese history. The result is a must read for any student of international relations and chinese foreign policy.”—victoria Tin-bor hui, university of notre dame

Fabio Lanza
“explodes the boundaries of our understanding of the critical intellectual revolution that we refer to as the ‘May Fourth Movement.’ ”—Madeleine Zelin, columbia university

Confucianism has shaped a certain perception of Chinese security strategy, symbolized by the defensive, nonaggressive Great Wall. Many believe China is antimilitary and reluctant to use force against its enemies. In a pathbreaking study that travels seven hundred years of Chinese history, Yuan-kang Wang resoundingly discredits this notion, recasting China as a practitioner of realpolitik and a ruthless purveyor of expansive grand strategies. Leaders of the Song Dynasty (960–1279) and Ming Dynasty (1368–1644) prized military force and shrewdly assessed the strength of China’s adversaries. They adopted defensive strategies only when their country was weak and pursued expansive goals, such as territorial acquisition, enemy destruction, and total military victory, when their country was strong. Despite the dominance of an antimilitarist Confucian culture, warfare was not uncommon. Grounding his research in primary sources, Wang outlines a politics of power that is crucial to China’s strategies today, especially its policy of “peaceful development,” which it has adopted only because of military, economic, and technological weakness in relation to the United States.
y u a n - k a n g wa n g is an assistant professor in the

On Sunday, May 4, 1919, thousands of students protested the Versailles treaty in Beijing. Seventy years later, another generation demonstrated in Tiananmen Square; standing against a relief of their predecessors and therefore merging with their own mythology while consciously deploying their activism. Through an investigation of twentieth-century Chinese student protest, Fabio Lanza considers the marriage of the cultural and the political, the intellectual and the quotidian, that occurred during the May Fourth movement, along with its rearticulation in subsequent protest. Lanza revisits reform in pedagogical and learning routines, changes in daily campus life, the fluid relationship between the city and its residents, and the actions of allegedly cultural student organizations. Through a careful analysis of everyday life and urban space, he radically reconceptualizes the emergence of “worker,” “activist,” and “student” and how they anchored and informed political action. He accounts for the elements that drew students to Tiananmen and the formation of the student as an enduring political subjectivity.
“well crafted and thought provoking. The most sophisticated attempt by a historian to reinterpret an episode that has always occupied a central place in the historiography—and in the imagination—of modern china.”—Michael Tsin, university of north carolina at chapel hill
fa b i o l a n z a is assistant professor of history at the

Department of Sociology and the School of Public Affairs and Administration at Western Michigan University.

University of Arizona, Tucson.

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15140-5 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52240-3
n ov e Mb e r

$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15238-9 $50.00 / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52628-9
se pTeM ber

352 pages / 10 illus. / 14 tables

368 pages / 4 illus.

asian sTudies / poliTics conT eM po r a ry as i a i n T h e wo rld

a s i a n s T u d i e s / h i s To ry sTudies o F T he we aTherhead easT asian insT iTuT e

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

Haiku Before Haiku
From the Renga Masters to Bashō

asian sTudies

Translated and with an introduction by Steven D. Carter
While the rise of the charmingly simple, brilliantly evocative haiku is often associated with the seventeenth-century Japanese poet Matsuo Bashō, the form had already flourished for five hundred years before Bashō even began to write. Hokku is similar in syllable count and structure to haiku, though it functions differently as a genre. Whereas haiku is its own constellation of image and meaning, hokku opens a series of linked, collaborative stanzas in a sequence called renga. Under the mastery of Bashō, hokku first gained its modern independence. His talents evolved the style into the haiku beloved by so many poets today—Richard Wright, Jack Kerouac, and Billy Collins being notable devotees. This anthology reproduces 300 hokku poems composed between the thirteenth and early eighteenth centuries, from the work of the courtier Nijô Yoshimoto to the genre’s first “professional” master, Sōgi, and his subsequent disciples. It also features twenty masterpieces by Bashō himself. Stephen Carter, a renowned scholar of Japanese poetry and prominent translator, includes an introduction covering the history of haiku and the form’s aesthetics and classifies these poems according to style and context—renga, Haikai renga, and renga from the Edo period, for example. His rich commentary and analysis illuminates each work, and he adds their romanized versions and notes on composition and setting, as well as descriptions of the poets and the times in which they wrote.
st e v e n d. c a r t e r is Yamato Ichihashi Chair in Japanese History and

From the Renga Master s

Haiku Haiku Before
to Basho

Steven D. Carter

T ranslated by

not forgetting the crimson of spring— plum leaves.
—Gusai, Buddhist monk and renga master who tutored Nijō Yoshimoto; co-compiler of the first imperial collection of linked-verse, Tsukuba Collection

snow on pines, Green leaves on cherry limbs —after storm winds.
—Sōa Renga master and priest at Konrenji, a temple of the Time sect located on Fourth Avenue in Kyoto

Civilization in the Department of East Asian Languages and Cultures at Stanford University. His numerous books include Just Living: Poems by the Medieval Monk Tonna and Unforgotten Dreams: Poems by the Zen Monk Shotetsu.

$22.50s / £15.50 paper 978-0-231-15647-9 $69.50s / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-15648-6 $69.50s / £48.00 ebook 978-0-231-52706-4
January

144 pages

a s i a n l i T e r aT u r e / p o e T r y TranslaT i ons Fr o M Th e as ian c lassics

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 75

Workers, Globalization, and Crisis
Contributions from India to a Global Agenda for Labor

Unifying Hinduism
Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History

asian sTudies
76 | fa l l

Rohini Hensman
“hensman is careful to avoid the kind of blanket condemnation of globalization that appears in so much critical literature, and part of her originality is showing very clearly that the problems of the labor movement in india are not the result of globalization but have a much longer history.” —John harriss, simon Fraser university

Andrew J. Nicholson
“This book does much more than deal with the philosophy of vijanabhiksu. it questions in an intelligent and constructive manner the way indian philosophy has been studied in modern scholarship—and what has been done wrong.” —Johannes bronkhorst, university of lausanne, switzerland

While it’s easy to blame globalization for shrinking job opportunities, dangerous declines in labor standards, and a host of related discontents, the world’s “flattening” has also created unprecedented opportunities for worker organization. Using India’s labor movement as a richly representative model, Rohini Hensman charts the successes and failures, strengths and weaknesses, of the struggle for workers’ rights. As Indian products gain wider acceptance in global markets, disparities in pay, employment conditions, and union rights between regions such as the European Union and countries such as India are exposed, raising the issue of globalization’s implications for labor. This study examines the unique pattern of “employees’ unionism” that emerged in Bombay in the 1950s before considering union responses to recent developments, especially the drive to form a national federation of independent unions. A key issue is how far unions can resist protectionist impulses and press for stronger global standards, along with the mechanisms to enforce them.
r o h i n i h e n s m a n is a writer and independent schol-

Andrew J. Nicholson argues that although the idea of a unified Hindu identity is not as ancient as many Hindus claim, it has its roots in the innovations of South Asian philosophy from the fourteenth to seventeenth centuries. Thinkers treated the philosophies of Vedanta, Samkhya, and Yoga and the deities Visnu, Siva, and Sakti as all belonging to a single system of belief and practice—rivers leading into the ocean of Brahman, the ultimate reality. Drawing on the work of philosophers from late-medieval Vedanta traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati, Nicholson shows how thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the ultimate unifier of diverse belief systems. This late-medieval project paved the way for later visionaries, such as Vivekenanda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi, whose teachings promoted the idea that all world religions belonged to a single spiritual unity. Nicholson revisits monism and dualism, theism and atheism, and orthodoxy and heterodoxy, and he critiques such formulas as “the six orthodox systems” that have worked their way into modern thinking about Indian philosophy.
an d r e w j. n ic h o l s o n is assistant professor of Hinduism

ar based in Bombay and the coauthor of Beyond Multinationalism: Management Policy and Bargaining Relationships in International Companies.

and Indian intellectual history at Stony Brook University.

$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14800-9 $60.00 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-51956-4
Ja n ua ry

$45.00s / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-14986-0 $45.00s / £31.00 ebook 978-0-231-52642-5
se pTeM ber

448 pages

304 pages

asian sTudies / poliTics

a s i a n s T u d i e s / p h i lo s o p h y so u Th as ia across The disciplines

All Rights except South Asian Rights: Columbia University Press; South Asian Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

Buddhist Philosophy of Language in India
Jñānaśrīmitra on Exclusion

Śakuntalā
Texts, Readings, Histories

asian sTudies

Romila Thapar
“Through a timeless character of legend and literature, we are allowed a ringside view of our most fascinating cultural—and gendered—history.” —India Today

Lawrence J. McCrea and Parimal G. Patil
“a readable, elegant translation and introduction to a central work in a neglected area of buddhist philosophy.”—Jonathan c. Gold, princeton university

Jñānaśrīmitra (975–1025) was regarded by both Buddhists and non-Buddhists as the most important Indian philosopher of his generation. His theory of exclusion combined a philosophy of language with a theory of conceptual content, or, in simpler terms, an investigation into the nature of our words and thoughts. His theory informed nearly all the work accomplished at Vikramaśīla, a monastic and educational complex instrumental to the development of Buddhism. His ideas were also vividly debated by the Hindu and Jain philosophers who succeeded him. This volume marks the first English translation of Jñānaśrīmitra’s Monograph on Exclusion, a careful, critical exploration of language, perception, and conceptual awareness. Featuring the rival arguments of Buddhist, Hindu, and other thinkers, the Monograph reflects more than half a millennium of hotly contested debate. Lawrence J. McCrea and Parimal G. Patil familiarize the reader with the authors, themes, and topics in the text and situate Jñānaśrīmitra’s findings within his larger intellectual milieu.
l aw r e n c e j . m cc r e a is assistant professor of Sanskrit

The figure of Śakuntalā appears in many forms throughout South Asian literature, most famously in the Mahābhārata and in Kālidāsa’s fourth-century Sanskrit play, Śakuntalā and the Ring of Recollection. In these two texts, Śakuntalā undergoes a critical transformation, relinquishing her assertiveness and autonomy to become the quintessentially submissive woman, revealing much about the performance of Hindu femininity that came to dominate South Asian culture. Through a careful analysis of sections from Śakuntalā and their various iterations in different contexts, Romila Thapar explores the interaction between literature and history, culture and gender, that frame the development of this canonical figure and a distinct conception of female identity.
“Thapar shows how it is possible to express complex ideas, rooted in philosophy and hermeneutics, without recourse to jargon. This book is a frontrunner for the prize of the best book on indian history.”—The Telegraph “as fascinating as Śakuntalā’s journey is Thapar’s retelling of it and her careful assumption of the role of a literary detective.”—The hindu “Thapar’s wide-ranging essays and monographs make a strong case for the urgency to historicize traditions and highlight the changing meanings of texts and oral cultures.”—hindustan Times
r o m i l a t h a pa r specializes in early Indian history and is

Studies at Cornell University.
pa r i m a l g . pat i l is John L. Loeb Associate Professor of

the Humanities at Harvard University.

professor emeritus at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15095-8 $82.50s / £57.00 cloth 978-0-231-15094-1 $82.50s / £57.00 ebook 978-0-231-52191-8
s epT e Mb e r

$27.50s paper 978-0-231-15655-4 $84.50s cloth 978-0-231-15654-7 $84.50s ebook 978-0-231-52702-6
January

240 pages

256 pages / 6 illus.

a s i a n s T u d i e s / p h i lo s o p h y

a s i a n s T u d i e s / l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

All Rights: Columbia University Press

World English-language Rights excluding South Asia: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Women Unlimited

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 77

Queer Beauty
Sexuality and Aesthetics from Winckelmann to Freud and Beyond
Sexuality and Aesthetics from Winckelmann to Freud and Beyond

philosophy
78 | fa l l

Whitney Davis
The pioneering work of Johann Winckelmann (1717–1768) identified a homoerotic appreciation of male beauty in classical Greek sculpture, a fascination that had endured in Western art since the Greeks. After Winckelmann, however, sometimes the value (even the possibility) of queer beauty in art was denied. Several theorists after Winckelmann, notably the philosopher Immanuel Kant, broke sexual attraction and aesthetic appreciation into separate or dueling domains. In turn, sexual desire and aesthetic pleasure conceived as discrete categories had to be profoundly rethought by later writers. Davis argues that these disjunct domains could be rejoined by such innovative thinkers as John Addington Symonds, Michel Foucault, and Richard Wollheim, who reclaimed earlier insights about the mutual implication of sexuality and aesthetics. Addressing texts by Arthur Schopenhauer, Charles Darwin, Oscar Wilde, Vernon Lee, and Sigmund Freud, among many others, Davis criticizes modern approaches, such as Kantian idealism, Darwinism, psychoanalysis, and analytic aesthetics, for either reducing aesthetics to a question of sexuality or for removing sexuality from the aesthetic field altogether. Despite these schematic reductions, sexuality always returns to aesthetics, and aesthetic considerations always recur in sexuality. Davis particularly shows that formal philosophies of art since the late eighteenth century have had to respond to nonstandard sexuality, especially homoeroticism, and that theories of nonstandard sexuality have drawn on aesthetics in significant ways.
wh i t n e y davi s is professor of history and theory of ancient and mod-

Queer Beauty
Whitney Davis

"whitney davis is a wonderful art historian with a supple mind, a feel for the broader humanities, and deep interests in philosophy, aesthetics, and psychoanalysis. he is also a scholar with a profound knowledge of the history of queer theory and gay life. These qualities and interests make him the ideal— perhaps uniquely ideal—person to write this book."—daniel herwitz, university of Michigan

ern art at the University of California at Berkeley. He is the author of A General Theory of Visual Culture and five other books on prehistoric, ancient, and modern arts and art theory, as well as on the history and theory of sexuality.

$40.00s / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-14690-6 $40.00s / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-51955-7
sep T e Mb er

416 pages

p h i lo s o p h y / a r T h i s To ry co lu M bia The Me s in p hilosophy, s o cial cri T icis M , and Th e arTs

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

Dialectical Passions
Negation in Postwar Art Theory

Animal Ethics in Context
Clare Palmer
It’s widely agreed that because animals feel pain we should not make them suffer gratuitously. Some ethical theories go even further: because of the capacities animals possess, they have a right not to be harmed or killed. Such views concern what not to do to animals, but we also face the question of what we should do to assist the ones that may be hungry or distressed. And if we do, say, feed a starving kitten, does this commit us to feeding wild animals suffering through a hard winter? In this controversial book, Clare Palmer claims that, with respect to assisting animals, what’s owed to one animal is not necessarily owed to all, even if they share similar capacities. Context and relation are crucial ethical factors. If animals live independently in the wild, their fate is none of our moral business, but if humans create dependent animals, or destroy animals’ habitats, we may have special obligations to assist. Such arguments are familiar in human cases—parents have special obligations to their children, for example, or some groups owe reparations to others they have harmed. Palmer develops such relational concerns in the context of wild animals, domesticated animals, and urban scavengers, arguing that different contexts create very different moral relationships.
“an intensively researched, carefully structured intervention in ongoing debates about animals and ethics by a scholar with an impressive grasp of the literature.”—alice crary, The new school
c l a r e pa l m e r is associate professor of philosophy and

philosophy

Gail Day
“a significant contribution to art theory and cultural theory in the wake of the crisis of postmodernism and the current melancholic attachment to the ‘lost object’ of modernist art and its incipient nihilism. day reinvigorates the debate on dialectics and negation in order to clarify how much of this theory relies on a misunderstanding of the commodity-form of art under capitalism”—John roberts, author of The Intangibilities of Form: Skill and Deskilling in Art After the Readymade

Gail Day launches a bold critique of late-twentieth-century art theory and its often reductive analysis of cultural objects. Exploring core debates in discourses on art, from the New Left to theories of “critical postmodernism” and beyond, Day counters the belief that recent tendencies in art fail to be adequately critical and challenges the political inertia that results from these conclusions. Day organizes her defense around critics who have engaged substantively with emancipatory thought and social process: T. J. Clark, Manfredo Tafuri, Fredric Jameson, Benjamin H. D. Buchloh, and Hal Foster, among others. She maps the tension between radical dialectics and left nihilism and assesses the interpretation and internalization of negation in art theory. Chapters confront the claim that exchange and equivalence have subsumed the use value of cultural objects—and with it critical distance; the meaning of symbol and allegory in 1980s art and its limited reading of the writings of Walter Benjamin and Paul de Man; and common conceptions of mediation, totality, and the politics of anticipation.
ga il day is senior lecturer in the School of Fine Art, History

environmental studies at Washington University in St. Louis. She is the author of Environmental Ethics and Process Thinking and editor of Animal Rights. of Art and Cultural Studies, University of Leeds.

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-14938-9 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52062-1
d e c eM b e r

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-12905-3 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-12904-6 $89.50s / £62.00 ebook 978-0-231-50302-0
se pT eMber

336 pages / 16 illus.

p h i lo s o p h y / a r T h i s To r y co luMb i a T h e M es i n ph i losophy, s oc i a l c ri Tic i s M, a n d Th e arTs

272 pages

p h i lo s o p h y / a n i M a l s T u d i e s

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 79

Parable and Politics in Early Islamic History
The Rashidun Caliphs

The Persian Gulf and Pacific Asia
From Indifference to Interdependence

Middle easT sTudies
80 | fa l l

Christopher Davidson
A perfect storm of economic, diplomatic, and cultural concerns have brought about the “Asianization” of Asia, uniting the continent’s many countries under a dominant framework of interests and trends. Pushing Asia’s domain even further is a new and abiding relationship between Asia’s three most industrialized economies and the Persian Gulf’s six monarchies. What began as a basic, twentieth-century marriage of convenience, founded on the trading of hydrocarbon, has now evolved into a complex, long-term commitment guaranteeing continuous exchange of resources and need. Christopher Davidson, an acclaimed expert on the Middle East’s rapidly changing economy, details the eastern and western factors that have brought Asia and the Gulf closer together. Athough this relationship has yet to include military arrangements, evidence suggests that the two regions have bolstered other noneconomic ties. Davidson unravels the confusing links between these emerging powers and shows how their unique economic, political, geographical, and cultural identities both strengthen and threaten their future partnership.
“a timely overview of the multifaceted, rapidly developing interrelationships between the Gcc states and south korea, china, and Japan.” —kristian ulrichsen, london school of economics
c h r i s to p h e r dav i d s o n is a fellow of the Institute for

Tayeb El-Hibri
“Tayeb el-hibri does for the rashidun period what he did with the early abbasid period. his basic argument, that eighth-century islamic accounts of the rashidun period reflect abbasid-period concerns of political and religious legitimacy, is clear to anyone who has read the sources carefully. i find his assessment quite provocative and convincing.”—James e. lindsay, colorado state university

The story of the succession to the Prophet Muhammad and the rise of the Rashidun Caliphate (632–661 AD) has been familiar to historians from the political histories of medieval Islam and the competing perspectives of Sunni and Shi‘i Islam. While descriptive and varied, these approaches have long excluded a third reading in which the conflict over the succession to the Prophet is treated as a parable, the motives, sayings, and actions of the protagonists revealing profound links to previous texts and an irony with regard to political and religious issues. In a controversial break from previous historiography, Tayeb El-Hibri privileges the literary and artistic triumphs of the medieval Islamic chronicles and maps the origins of Islamic political and religious orthodoxy. Considering the patterns and themes of unified narratives, including the problem of defining qualification according to religious merit, nobility, and skills in government, El-Hibri offers an insightful critique of both early and contemporary Islam and the concerns of legitimacy shadowing various rulers.
tay e b e l- h i b r i is associate professor of Near Eastern

Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies at Durham University. He is the author of Dubai: The Vulnerability of Success, Abu Dhabi: Oil and Beyond, and The United Arab Emirates: A Study in Survival.

studies at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

$60.00s / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15082-8 $60.00s / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52165-9
o c To b e r

$60.00s cloth 978-0-231-70216-4
o cTober

208 pages

512 pages

M i d d l e e a s T s T u d i e s / a s i a n s T u d i e s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s a coluMbia / hursT book

islaMic sTudies / Middle easT sTudies

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Hurst & Co

2010

Beyond the ‘Wild Tribes’
Understanding Modern Afghanistan and Its Diaspora

A Metahistory of the Clash of Civilisations
Us and Them Beyond Orientalism

Middle easT sTudies

Edited by Ceri Oeppen and Angela Schlenkhoff
International and nongovernmental organizations, as well as journalists, are excellent sources of information on contemporary Afghanistan. Unfortunately, their expertise is rarely tapped by those who hope to better understand the country’s phenomenal complexity. This volume draws on these perspectives to build a comprehensive portrait not only of Afghanistan itself but also of its widely dispersed peoples and cultures. Contributors cull through a wealth of research, effectively collapsing the myths and stereotypes perpetuated by nineteenth- and twentieth-century European texts. Their essays are so wide-ranging, they address everything from the causes of the country’s protracted conflicts to the nature and future of its musical traditions. Anyone interested in an intimate, engaging, and uncommon encounter with an increasingly critical nation will devour this expertly-crafted collection.
“The dedicated scholar-practitioners who contribute to this book seek to locate the ills and challenges facing afghanistan today. The issues they wrestle with are timeless (in the afghan context), and their combined reflections and findings will have an enduring relevance.”—amalendu Mishra, lancaster university
c e r i o e p p e n earned her Ph.D. at the Sussex Centre for

Arshin Adib-Moghaddam
Beginning with the wars of ancient Persia and Greece, Arshin Adib-Moghaddam searches for the theoretical underpinnings of the “clash of civilizations” that has determined so much of our political and cultural discourse. He revisits the Crusades, colonialism, the Enlightenment, and our contemporary “war on terror,” and he engages with both eastern and western thinkers, such as Adorno, Derrida, Farabi, Foucault, Hegel, Khayyam, Marcuse, Marx, Said, Ibn Sina, and Weber. His investigation explains the conceptual genesis of a clash of civilizations and the influence western and Islamic representations of the “other.” He highlights the discontinuities between Islamism and the canon of Islamic philosophy, which distinguishes between “Avicennian” and “Qutbian” discourses of Islam, and he reveals how violence became inscribed in ideas of the West, especially during the Enlightenment. Expanding critical theory to include Islamic philosophy and poetry, this metahistory refuses to treat Muslims and Europeans, Americans and Arabs, and the Orient and the Occident as separate entities.
“eloquent, powerful, incisive, and impressive, A Metahistory of the Clash of Civilisations is a masterly work of critical deconstruction in the finest tradition of Michel Foucault and edward said. For anyone wishing to better understand the current state of international politics, this book is absolutely essential.”—richard Jackson, secretary of the british international studies association
a r s h i n a d i b - m o g h a d da m is lecturer in the politics of

Migration Research, University of Sussex. Her research concerns migrant transnationalism and integration and migrants’ involvement in development.
an gela s chlenkhoff earned her Ph.D. at the University

of Kent, focusing on the issues of home and identity as experienced by London’s Afghan population.

West Asia at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, and author of Iran in World Politics: The Question of the Islamic Republic.

$40.00s cloth 978-0-231-70210-2
d e c eM b e r

$45.00s cloth 978-0-231-70212-6
n ove Mber

224 pages

368 pages

M i d d l e e a s T s T u d i e s / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s a co lu Mb i a / h u r sT b o o k

Middle easT sTudies / poliTics a coluM bia / hursT book

All Rights: Hurst & Co

All Rights: Hurst & Co

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 81

Robert K. Merton
Sociological Theory and the Sociology of Science

Knowledge Matters
The Public Mission of the Research University

socioloGy
82 | fa l l

Edited by Craig Calhoun
“calhoun and his colleagues delve into the vast depths of robert k. Merton’s relatively unfamiliar writings, including those unpublished, and present us with an astonishingly complex and germane vision of sociological inquiry.”—Margaret r. somers, university of Michigan

Edited by Diana Rhoten and Craig Calhoun
“an impressive array of international scholars who, individually and collectively, marshal a wide range of evidence around the very large puzzle of university transformation in the early twentyfirst century.” —Mitchell l. stevens, stanford university

Robert K. Merton (1910–2003) was one of the most influential sociologists of the twentieth century. His reach can be felt in the study of social structure, social psychology, deviance, professions, organizations, culture, and science. Yet for all his fame, Merton is only partially understood, treated by scholars as a functional analyst when in truth his contributions transcend paradigm. Joining twelve sociologists with major reputations in the field, Craig Calhoun launches a thorough reconsideration of Merton’s achievements and inspires a renewed engagement with sociological theory. Merton’s work addresses the challenges of integrating research and theory. It connects different fields of empirical research and speaks to the importance of overcoming the sharp divisions between allegedly pure and applied sociology. Merton realized the value of sociological methods that respect the institutional analysis of science and knowledge. By bringing together different aspects of his work in one volume, Calhoun illuminates the truly interdisciplinary—and unifying—dimensions of Merton’s approach. He also advances the intellectual agenda of an increasingly relevant area of study.
c r a i g c a l h o u n is president of the Social Science

Reporting from Asia, Africa, Europe, Latin America, and North America, scholars confront the realities of higher education and the future of its public and private agenda. Their perspective illuminates the trajectory of education in the twenty-first century and the continuing importance of the university’s public mission. Contributors focus on the research university and its effort to create new knowledge. They examine the implications of different administrative and policy decisions and the significance of various approaches to assessment and evaluation. Essays track the shifting relationship between public and private goods and purposes, such as whether student access should award individual achievement or function as an investment in social contribution, or whether scientific research should be treated as private intellectual property or as an open-access resource. Is it right for a university to serve the economic interests of private corporations? Instead of reducing such questions to elements of good and bad, this anthology empirically assesses how they play out in practice.
d i a n a r h o t e n is the founder and director of the

Knowledge Institutions program and the Digital Media and Learning project at the Social Science Research Council.
c r a i g c a l h o u n is president of the Social Science

Research Council and University Professor of the Social Sciences at New York University.

Research Council and University Professor of the Social Sciences at New York University.

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15112-2 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52184-0
s ep T e Mb e r s o c i o lo Gy a colu Mb i a / ss r c b o ok

$75.00s / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-15114-6 $75.00s / £52.00 ebook 978-0-231-52183-3
February

336 pages / 2 tables

608 pages / 4 illus. / 19 tables

e d u c aT i o n / s o c i o lo Gy a coluMbia / ssrc book

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2010

Mobilizing the Community for Better Health
What the Rest of America Can Learn from Northern Manhattan

Resolving Community Conflicts and Problems
Public Deliberation and Sustained Dialogue

Social Work and Human Rights
A Foundation for Policy and Practice Second Edition

social work

Edited by Allan J. Formicola and Lourdes HernándezCordero

Edited by Roger A. Lohmann, Jon Van Til, and Dolly Ford

Elisabeth Reichert

For the past ten years, the Northern Manhattan Community Voices Collaborative has put Columbia University and its hospitals in touch with surrounding community organizations and churches to facilitate vaccines, dental care, and nutritional improvement, along with other forms of healthcare and support. Authored by staff members from participating institutions, this collection shares the successes, failures, and obstacles of implementing such a vast and delicate program. Allan J. Formicola and Lourdes Hernández-Cordero outline the beginnings and infrastructure of the collaboration and the relationships that fueled positive outcomes. They demonstrate how grassroots solutions can mutually benefit communities and institutions.
al lan j. fo rmicola is a former dean

Public deliberation and group discussion can strengthen civil society, even when participants share a historical animosity. Recently, scholars have begun to study the dialogue that sustains these conversations, especially its power to unite and divide. In these twenty-four essays, contributors read public exchanges and their sustained dialogue in the context of race relations, social justice, ethnic conflicts, public safety, public management, community design, and family therapy. They especially focus on the college campus and its network of organizations and actors, in which open discussion might seem like an idealistic if not foolhardy gesture but nevertheless is a crucial component of civic harmony.
r o g e r a . lo h m a n n is professor of

social work at West Virginia University and chair of the school’s Nova Institute.
j o n va n t i l is professor emeritus of

Social Work and Human Rights is a standard text underscoring the role of social work in protecting the rights of vulnerable populations, both within and outside of the United States. Through rigorous analysis, classroom exercises, and a frank discussion of the implications for practice, the volume effectively acquaints readers with the political, economic, and social dimensions of rights issues and the documents that guarantee them. New material covers international events, such as the United Nation’s Millennium Project and its effort to reduce the poverty and suffering of billions worldwide. The volume now features an emphasis on cultural rights and a probing lesson in cultural relativism. It turns a critical eye toward the failure in the U.S. to address social welfare issues and to rectify policies that favor one group over another.
e l i s a b e t h r e i c h e r t is a profes-

of the Columbia University College of Dental Medicine.
lourdes hernández-cordero

urban studies and community planning at Rutgers University.
d o l ly f o r d is senior lecturer in

sor at the Southern Illinois University of Carbondale School of Social Work and author of Challenges in Human Rights: A Social Work Perspective and Understanding Human Rights: An Exercise Book.

is an assistant professor of clinical sociomedical sciences at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health.
$25.00s / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-15167-2

the Division of Social Work at West Virginia University.

$75.00s / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-15166-5 $75.00s / £52.00 ebook 978-0-231-52527-5
n ov eMb e r

$50.00s / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15168-9 $50.00s / £34.50 ebook 978-0-231-52528-2
February

$32.50s / £22.50 paper 978-0-231-14993-8 $99.50s / £68.50 cloth 978-0-231-14992-1 $99.50s / £68.50 ebook 978-0-231-52070-6
February

320 pages / 5 illus. / 28 tables

320 pages

s o c i a l wo r k

s o c i a l wo r k

368 pages

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

s o c i a l wo r k

All Rights: Columbia University Press

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 83

Disarming the Past
Transitional Justice and Ex-Combatants

social science research council
84 | fa l l

Edited by Ana Cutter Patel, Pablo de Greiff, and Lars Waldorf
For the past twenty years, international donors have invested heavily in large-scale disarmament, demobilization, and reintegration (DDR) programs, while, at the same time, transitional justice measures have proliferated, bringing truth, justice, and reparations to those recovering from state violence and civil war. Yet DDR programs are seldom deconstructed to discover whether they truly achieve their justice-related aims. Additionally, transitional justice mechanisms rarely articulate strategies for coordinating with DDR. Disarming the Past examines the connections—and failures—between these two initiatives within peacebuilding contexts and evaluates future links between DDR programs and the aims of transitional justice. The outcome of a substantial research project initiated by the International Center for Transitional Justice (ICTJ), this book is crucial for anyone interested in effective interventions and enduring outcomes.
a na c ut t e r pat e l is deputy director of the International Policymakers

Ta b l e o F c o n T e n T s :

linking ddr and Transitional Justice • amnesties and ddr programs • beyond “peace vs. Justice” • ex-combatants and Truth commissions • establishing links between ddr and reparations • Transitional Justice and Female ex-combatants • ddr, Transitional Justice, and the reintegration of Former child combatants • local Justice and reintegration processes as complements to Transitional Justice and ddr • Transitional Justice, ddr, and security sector reform

Unit at the International Center for Transitional Justice (ICTJ) and project manager for the center’s research initiative on transitional justice and disarmament, demobilization, and reintegration. She is the author of “DDR and Transitional Justice,” a module in the United Nations’s Integrated Disarmament, Demobilization, and Reintegration Standards, among other publications.
pa b lo d e g r e i f f is director of research at ICTJ. A former associate

professor of philosophy at SUNY Buffalo and Laurance S. Rockefeller Fellow at the Center for Human Values, Princeton University, he is the editor of nine books, including Transitional Justice and Development: Making Connections and The Handbook of Reparations.
l a r s wa l d o r f is senior lecturer in international human rights law at

the Centre for Applied Human Rights and York Law School, University of York. A former researcher in Rwanda for Human Rights Watch, he has authored and coedited numerous publications, including Localizing Transitional Justice: Interventions and Priorities After Mass Violence.

$30.00s / £20.50 paper 978-0-9841257-0-8
sep T e M ber

288 pages

p o l i T i c s / i n T e r n aT i o n a l r e l aT i o n s adva n c i nG Transi Tional JusT ice s eries

2010

Memoir of Forgetting the Capital Flowers (Miyakowasure no ki)
Jun’ichiro Tanizaki
Translated by Amy Heinrich Foreword by Donald Keene

y u s h o d o c o . lT d .

Jun’ichiro Tanizaki (1886–1965) was a renowned modern Japanese author and major literary figure. Though he is best known for his postwar novels, such as The Key (1956) and Diary of a Mad Old Man (1962), and prolific screenplays, Tanizaki began his writing career in 1909, publishing plays, essays, and poetry while producing novels and films. His work is characterized by a suspenseful technique incorporating both past and present realities, which creates a crackling tension between competing timeframes that can be palpable and erotic. In 1948, Tanizaki completed a volume of poetry entitled Memoir of Forgetting the Capital Flowers (Miyakowasure no ki), heavily influenced by his wartime experiences from 1944 to 1946. Tanizaki wrote these poems as he endured the tumultuous years of the Second World War and Japan’s defeat. The tanka poetic form (5-7-5-7-7), as well as the titular reference to the former Japanese capital of Kyoto, denotes a return to classical Japanese themes for the purpose of reflecting on modern issues. Amy Heinrich’s elegant English-language translation is made from a volume of Miyakowasure no ki that Tazanaki gave personally to Donald Keene in 1953, when the worldrenowned scholar first came to study in Kyoto.
ju n’ichi r o tan i z a k i was born to a well-off, merchant-

sellinG poinTs:

• amy heinrich is a highly reputable and experienced translator of Japanese literature. • while Tanizaki is well known for his novels and plays, his poetry has never before been translated into english. • This translation admirably captures the tone of the original poems and reveals a side of Tanizaki not found in his novels or plays. • donald keene, internationally renowned scholar and authority on Japanese studies, wrote the foreword. he unwittingly facilitated this translation by donating the Japanese original to the starr east asian library at columbia university.

class family in the Ningyocho area of Nihonbashi, Tokyo, and, along with Natsume Sōseki, is one of Japan’s most popular novelists. Translations of his works into English include The Key, Diary of a Mad Old Man, Naomi, and The Gourmet Club.

$50.00s cloth 978-4-8419-0547-2
se pTeM ber

56 pages / 8 color illustrations

a s i a n l i T e r aT u r e

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 85

Inside New York 2011
Inside New York is the premier guide to life in the world’s most exciting city. Much more than a listing of places to eat, drink, shop, and party, Inside New York promises to turn any traveler, transplant, or tourist into a seasoned New Yorker. Since 1978, Inside New York has shared with its readers the best that New York City has to offer. Written by a team of fearless young residents committed to evaluating the old and new attractions of all five boroughs, this guide is the savviest neighborhood-by-neighborhood portal currently available. Its staff reports on the newest trends and best deals while also offering fresh perspectives on perennial favorites, such as museums, monuments, and iconic landmarks. Inside New York 2011 features more than 500 new reviews of restaurants, clubs, bars, stores, galleries, theaters, and music venues. Sleekly designed, this compact, built-to-travel edition features original, full-page maps of each locale and expanded reports on must-see cultural events, parades, and festivals. All entries are enhanced and continually updated on a rigorously-maintained companion website: www.InsideNewYork.com.
i n s i d e n e w yo r k is an annual publication researched and written

inside new york
inside This ediTion yo u w i l l F i n d :
new features : Native’s Pick • Explore a

Neighborhood for Under $20 • Day to Day Info • Little-Known Facts
di ning: Best in Upscale • Midrange

• Dirt Cheap • Street Food • Markets • Great Deals in Wine/Beer
ni ghtlife: Live Music • Comedy • Sports Bars

by students from Columbia University, New York University, the New School, and other New York City universities. In addition to publishing this guidebook, staffers mantain a website, www.InsideNewYork.com, that provides of-the-moment information on the city’s ever-evolving services and entertainments.

• Jazz • Dives • Lounges • Burlesque • Wine Bars • LGBT • Under 21
day t rips: The Hamptons • Jersey Shore

• Atlantic City • Hoboken
tours: Public Art and Architecture

• Literary Landmarks • TV and Film Sites • Music • Natural New York
w here to f in d : Classes • Hostels

• Outdoor Activities • Best Deals in Living Essentials • Student Discounts • and More!

$15.95t / £10.95 paper 978-1-892768-43-8
s e p Te Mbe r

396 pages / Color illustrations throughout
T r av e l / n e w yo r k • 5 ” x 7 ”

86 | fa l l

2010

n e w s e r i e s : d e v i l ’ s a d v o c at e s

auTeur publishinG

Let the Right One In
Anne Billson
Directed by Tomas Alfredson and adapted for the screen by John Ajvide Lindqvist, the Swedish film Làt den rätte komma in (2008), known to American audiences as Let the Right One In, is the most exciting, subversive, and original horror production since the 1970s. Set in a snowy, surburban housing estate in 1980s Stockholm, the film combines supernatural elements with social realism. It features Oskar, a lonely, bullied child, and Eli, the girl next door. “Oskar, I’m not a girl,” she tells him, and she’s not kidding—she’s a vampire. Anne Billson reviews the near century of vampire cinema that preceeded this film and the legacy of (and new twists on) such classics as Nosferatu (1922) and Dracula (1931). She discusses the genre’s early fliration with social realism in Martin (1977) and Near Dark (1987), along with its adaptation of mythology to the modern world, and she examines the changing relationship between vampires and humans, the role of the vampire’s assistant, and the enduring figure of vampires in popular culture.
a n n e b i l l s o n is a novelist, film critic, and photographer

Witchfinder General
Ian Cooper
Witchfinder General (1968), known as The Conqueror Worm in America, was directed by Michael Reeves and occupies a unique place in British cinema. The film fictionalizes the exploits of Matthew Hopkins, a prolific, real-life “witch hunter,” during the English Civil War. For critic Mark Kermode, the release was “the single most significant horror film produced in the United Kingdom in the 1960s,” while playwright Alan Bennett called it “the most persistently sadistic and rotten film I’ve ever seen.” The film is now treated as a landmark, though problematic, accomplishment, existing in a number of recut, retitled, and rescored versions. This in-depth study positions the film within the history of horror and discusses its importance as a British and heritage film. It also considers the script’s relationship to the novel by Ronald Bassett, and the iconic persona of the film’s star, Vincent Price. Ian Cooper closely reads specific scenes and explores various contexts, from the creation of the X certificate and the tradition of Hammer gothic to the influence on Ken Russell’s The Devils (1971) and the “torture porn” of twenty-first-century horror.
i a n co o p e r is a freelance writer and educator based in

based in Paris. She reviews films for the Sunday Telegraph and writes a film column for the Guardian.

Germany.

$15.00s paper 978-1-906733-50-6
n ov eMb e r

$15.00s paper 978-1-906733-51-3
February

128 pages / 10 b&w illus.

128 pages / 10 b&w illus.

FilM sTudies d e v i l s ’ a dvo c aT es

FilM sTudies d evils’ a dvocaT es

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 87

auTeur publishinG
88 | fa l l

Exploring the Media
Revised Second Edition

Action/Adventure Films
Second Edition

Edited by Barbara Connell
“a wealth of well-researched and informative material. . . . i’d suggest investing in half-a-dozen copies for the library or the [media] department, and encouraging students to buy their own copy . . . and i’d like to congratulate auteur for providing a text which offers friendly and wellpresented guidance.”—PoV

Rob McInnes
“what an impressive pack! comprehensive, rigorously underpinned with theoretical perspectives and informed debate, and extensively illustrated with detailed textual examples. well-conceived, researched, and designed, a valuable and muchused resource.”—Jenny Grahame, english and Media centre, london

In this new edition of Auteur’s highly successful introductory textbook, expert instructors and examiners revise, update, and expand key entries. Exploring the Media unpacks core concepts and develops students’ analytical, research, and production skills. As with the first edition, the initial section covers the major concepts of media studies—genre, narrative, representation, and audience—in various media forms and includes a new section on ethnicity. The second section evaluates (revised) case studies of television programs, computer games, films, magazines, and advertising, and adds the music industry, newspapers, and radio. The third reflects recent changes in technology, audience, and production.
b arbara co nnell is the subject leader for media studies

In this new edition of the acclaimed Teacher’s Guide and Classroom Resources, Rob McInnes references films released in the past twelve months and reassesses traditional approaches to teaching the genre. The Teacher’s Guide reviews action/adventure narrative, formal conventions, issues of representation, institutional practices, and critical debates, especially those relating to propaganda and censorship. The accompanying Classroom Resources provides copiable sheets for teaching and covers key theoretical issues plus guidelines for practical tasks, such as storyboarding, producing a film trailer, and designing a movie poster.
r o b m c inn e s teaches media studies in London and is the

author of Teen Movies: A Teacher’s Guide and Teen Movies: Classroom Resources.

at Coleg Glan Hafren, Cardiff, Wales.

$30.00s paper 978-1-906733-47-6
n ov e Mb e r

teacher’s guide (8.25 x 6) $30.00s wire 978-1-906733-48-3
nove Mber

256 pages / 100 color and b&w illus.

Media sTudies

256 pages / 10 b&w illus.

FilM sTudies

classroom resources (11.5 x 8) $45.00s wire 978-1-906733-49-0
nove Mber

100 pages / 10 b&w illus.

FilM sTudies 2010

auTeur publishinG

Studying British Cinema: The 1980s
Freddie Gaffney

Splice
Volume 4, Issue # 3

Splice
Volume 5, Issue # 1

Edited by John Atkinson

Edited by John Atkinson

In this new installment of Splice bridges the gap between Splice bridges the gap between Auteur’s series on Studying contemporary cinema and in- contemporary cinema and inBritish Cinema (volumes telligent discourse. Facilitating telligent discourse. Facilitating on the 1960s, 1990s and the the study of contemporary cin- the study of contemporary cin2000s now available), Freddie ema, it offers a practical solu- ema, it offers a practical soluGaffney recounts a decade that tion for teachers and students tion for teachers and students prompted a renaissance in of film studies, media studies, of film studies, media studies, British filmmaking. He selects and related disciplines. and related disciplines. films that underscore social, political, historical, and indus- This edition follows the “best The innaugural issue of voltrial developments. Beginning films you didn’t see,” showing ume 5 focuses on remakes, with an overview that captures how a variety of underviewed especially quality productions the state of British cinema at gems can be used in the class- and why they are so relentlessthe turn of the decade Gaffney room and beyond. Films in- ly pursued today. Are retreads explains why the 1980s marked clude the Colin Farrell vehicle even worth studying? Topics a significant turning point in In Bruges (2008), the remake discussed include the return of the evolution of British cinema of the Western classic 3:10 to 1970s and 1980s horror films, and follows with a succession Yuma (2007), the almost forgot- such as Halloween (2007) and of case studies emblematic of ten, dark British comedy Funny A Nightmare on Elm Street Bones (1995), and Josie and the (2010), and the similarities and the topics he confronts. Pussycats (2001). differences between dueling f r e d d i e g a f f n e y is subject leader versions of The Day the Earth in broadcasting and screenwriting at j o h n at k i n s o n is the UK-based pubStood Still and Alfie.
Ravensbourne College of Art and the lishing director of Auteur. author of On Screenwriting.
j o h n at k i n s o n is the UK-based pub-

lishing director of Auteur.

$27.50s paper 978-1-906733-37-7 $95.00s cloth 978-1-906733-38-4
F eb r ua ry

$15.00s paper 978-1-906733-46-9
sep Te M b er

$15.00s paper 978-1-906733-52-0
Fe bruary

128 pages / 10 color & b&w illus.

128 pages / 10 color & b&w illus.

224 pages / 20 b&w illus.

FilM sTudies

FilM sTudies

s T u dy i n G b r i T i s h c i n e M a Fi l M sT u d i e s

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 89

International Film Guide 2010
The Definitive Annual Review of World Cinema 46th Edition

wa l l F low e r p r e s s
$29.95t cloth 978-1-906660-38-3
s e p T eMb er

Edited by Ian Hadyn Smith
First published in 1963, the International Film Guide enjoys an unrivaled reputation as the industry’s most authoritative and trusted resource on contemporary world cinema. Its world survey section alone covers the film output of more than 120 countries. This 2010 edition tracks the most significant trends and advances in global cinema over the past year. With the Berlin Film Festival celebrating its sixtieth anniversary, the guide reviews the success and widespread influence of the festival on international filmmaking; and with the monumental popularity of James Cameron’s Avatar (2009), as well as the captivating innovations of Pixar, the volume examines 3D films in depth. Essays look back on the history of 3D cinema and evaluate recent favorites, such as Pixar’s Oscar-nominated Up (2009), against future film possibilities. As it does each year, the International Film Guide will interest industry veterans, filmmakers, cinema enthusiasts, and the casual theatergoer. It summarizes all the major film festivals and markets, and in addition to popular core features, it includes a special section on prominent figures and powerbrokers. Written by expert local correspondents, the guide’s critical reviews assess both feature films and documentaries and shorts. Supplementary materials are routinely updated and easily accessible at www.internationalfilmguide.com.
i a n h a dy n s m i t h is a London-based film writer and critic and long-

time editor of the International Film Guide. He is the coauthor of New Chinese Cinema: Challenging Representations, editor of The Cinema of China and South East Asia, and coeditor of Wim Wenders, along with Wallflower Press’s 24 Frames series on national and regional cinema.

470 pages / 200 color illus.
FilM sTudies • 7” x 9”

90 | fa l l

2010

p r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w av a i l a b l e

wa l l F low e r p r e s s

Revisioning 007
James Bond and Casino Royale

The Cinema of India
Edited by Lalitha Gopalan

Film Authorship
Auteurs and Other Myths

Edited by Christoph Lindner

C. Paul Sellors

Revisioning 007 presents original essays on the reinvention of James Bond in Casino Royale (2006), a film starring Daniel Craig in his first appearance as Agent 007. Treating Casino Royale as a case study in popular film culture and as a significant turning point in the 007 series, this book reads the interrelations among the Bond franchise, the culture industry, and recent developments in cinema, society, and world politics. Topics range from 007’s masochism, voyeurism, and hyper-mobility to the film’s testicular torture scene, the links between international politics and high-stakes gambling, and the new role of the secret agent.
c h r i s to p h l i n d n e r is professor of

The Cinema of India examines twenty-four landmark films, providing a novel framework for deciphering Indian film production and reception nationally and globally. The volume considers different regional cinemas; the role of studios; the place of “middle” cinema and its relationship to state subsidies; the style of popular films; the allure of stardom; the resistant style of art films; the resurgence of auteurism; and the poetics of documentary. The study discusses a range of films released over more than sixty years, including Sant Tukaram (1936), Parasakthi (1952), Pather Panchali (1955), Bhuvan Shome (1969), Ghattashradda (1977), and Ram Ke Nam (1991).
l a l i t h a g o pa l a n is associate pro-

Few topics in the study of film produce as much controversy as authorship. Critics, historians, and theoreticians argue about the nature of authorship and question whether films even have authors at all. Film Authorship evaluates these debates in a rigorous and accessible manner. Generously illustrated, the book analyzes the historical development and theoretical underpinnings of the concepts of film authorship and the auteur. It then examines recent theories and reconceptualizes the topic firmly in empirical analyses of film production.
c . pa u l s e l lo r s is lecturer in pho-

tography and film at Napier University, Edinburgh. His essays on film theory and philosophy have appeared in Screen, Film, and Philosophy and The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism.

English literature at the University of Amsterdam.

fessor in the Department of RadioTelevision-Film at the University of Texas at Austin.

$25.00s paper 978-1-906660-19-2 $80.00s cloth 978-1-906660-20-8
s e pT e Mb e r

$29.50s paper 978-1-905674-92-3 $80.00s cloth 978-1-905674-93-0
sep Te Mber

$20.00s paper 978-1-906660-24-6
sep T eMb er

144 pages / 12 illus.

256 pages / 12 illus.

288 pages / 12 illus.

FilM sTudies

FilM sTudies

FilM sTudies 24 FraMe s

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 91

hiTchcock annual

Is Issue

e Morris on Alma Reville

Wonderland and Alma Reville on

and Continuity

M. Vest on Visual Patterns in Downhill Gallafent on The Trouble with Harry

AnnuAl
16
2010

HITCHCOCK AnnuAl 16

h Thomas on Marnie

l Walker on Hitchcockian narrative on Hitchcock and Hindi Cinema, with essays by Allen, Sidney Gottlieb, Richard ness, and

rshini Shanker, and an interview with Hitchcock

Essay by Thomas leitch

s by Moya luckett, Charles l.P. Silet, and David Sterritt

in Eagle The Lodger Downhill Easy Wife Champagne The Manxman Murder! The Skin Game Number es from Vienna The Man Who Knew Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent becca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and adow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers Murder Rear Window To Catch a The Man Who Knew Too Much The thwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn t The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Champagne The Manxman Blackmail The Skin Game Number Seventeen Vienna The Man Who Knew Too Sabotage Young and Innocent The ecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and adow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound ope Under Capricorn Stage Fright ial M For Murder Rear Window To

The Pleasure Garden Downhill Easy The Manxman Virtue The Ring Game Number Blackmail Juno The Man Who Seventeen Rich and Young and Inno Knew Too Much Rebecca Foreign cent The Lady Van Shadow of a Correspondent Mr. Rope Under Cap Doubt Lifeboat D i a l M f or ricorn Stage Fright Murder Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange The Man Who Knew Too Much Waltzes from Vienna Secret Agent Jamaica Inn Sabotage Young and Innocent Rebecca Hitchcock Annual 2010 The Lady Vanishes Suspicion Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers On A Train I Confess Dial

92 | fa l l

2009 10

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 16

The Hitchcock Annual Anthology
Selected Essays from Volumes 10–15

Edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Richard Allen
This new issue of the Hitchcock Annual contains studies of Hitchcock and theater, Hitchcock’s atheology, and the filmmaker’s influence on the stalker genre. It features analyses of Rear Window and Gus Van Sant’s shot-by-shot remake of Psycho, a dossier on To Catch a Thief, and an early essay by Hitchcock himself. The Hitchcock Annual will now be published every spring, beginning in 2011 with volume 17.
Ta b l e o F c o n T e n T s : “Hitchcock in 1928: The Auteur as Autocrat” • “An Autocrat of the Film Studio” by Alfred Hitchcock • “A Perfect Place to Die? The Theatre in Hitchcock Revisited” • “Reflections on the Making of To Catch a Thief: André Bazin, Sylvette Baudrot, Grace Kelly, Charles Vanel, and Brigitte Auber” • “What We Don’t See, and What We Think It Means: Ellipsis and Occlusion in Rear Window” • “The Destruction That Wasteth at Noonday: Hitchcock’s Atheology” • “Gus Van Sant’s Mirror-Image of Hitchcock: Reading Psycho Backwards” • “Hitchcock, Unreliable Narration, and the Stalker Film”

Edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Richard Allen
This collection showcases the best essays from six issues of film studies’ leading platform for Hitchcock scholarship. Contributions include works by Charles Barr, Thomas Elsaesser, Mark Rappaport, Michael Walker, and Slavoj Žižek, among others, covering Hitchcock’s entire oeuvre, from his early silent films to his late American masterpieces. It contains an overview of Hitchcock criticism, a screenwriter’s forum on “Working with Hitch,” and early essays on film by both Hitchcock and Alma Reville.
s i d n e y g ot t l i e b is professor of media studies at Sacred

Heart University and editor of Hitchcock on Hitchcock: Selected Writings and Interviews and Alfred Hitchcock: Interviews.
r i c h a r d a l l e n is professor of cinema studies at New

York University. He is the author of Hitchcock’s Romantic Irony and coeditor of Hitchcock: Past and Present and Alfred Hitchcock: Centenary Essays.

$25.00s paper 978-0-231-15649-3
s ep T e Mb e r

$26.00s paper 978-1-905674-95-4 $80.00s cloth 978-1-905674-96-1
available now FilM sTudies

200 pages / 45 illus.

FilM sTudies

265 pages / 40 illus.

2010

a l s o ava i l a b l e

hiTchcock annual

ANNUAL

IN THIS ISSUE
I Thomas Elsaesser on Hitchcock and Lang I Thomas Leitch on McGilligan’s Hitchcock and the Limits of Biography I Mark Rappaport on Under Capricorn I Jack Sullivan on Music in Rear Window

ANNUAL
12
2003 04

H I T C H C O C K A N N U A L 12

I Slavoj Zizek on Vertigo I Reviews by James Bade, Charles Barr, Paula Marantz Cohen, Robert E. Kapsis, Leonard J. Leff, Walter Raubicheck, and Angelo Restivo

ISSN 1062-5518

The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger Downhill Easy Virtue The Ring The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange Waltzes from Vienna The Man Who Knew Too Much The 39 Steps Secret Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent The Lady Vanishes Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Suspicion Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers on a Train I Confess Dial M for Murder Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange Waltzes from Vienna The Man Who Knew Too Much Downhill Secret Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent The Lady Vanishes Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Suspicion Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright S

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 10

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 11

I n c l u d e s S c r e e n w r i t e r’ s Forum; Psycho dossier; essays on The Lodger, Rear Window, and To Catch a Thief; Hitchcock and French Film Criticism; and reviews.

I n c l u d e s Wo r k i n g w i t h Hitchcock Panel; essays on Hitchcock after Bellour, Vertigo, Suspicion, and Marnie; Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman; Hitchcock’s Villains; Hitchcock coming to America; and reviews.
$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-01-7 2002–2003 254 pages / 17 illus.
FilM sTudies

$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-00-0 2001–2002 204 pages
FilM sTudies

SSUE

on Murder!

n Hitchcock and Wartime Britain

nelly, Jr. on Hitchcock’s Carnival on Downhill

er on Topaz

ANNUAL
AnnuAl

In THIs Issue
n Thomas leitch on Hitchcock and Company n Sidney Gottlieb on Hitchcock on Griffith n Alfred Hitchcock on Griffith n James M. Vest on the Making of Downhill n Michael Walker on Torn Curtain n Jacqueline Tong on Rear Window and Backyard Adventures n Reviews Essays by leland Poague, Angelo Restivo, and Kenneth Sweeney n Reviews by Charles Barr, lisa Broad, Marshall Deutelbaum, Sidney Gottlieb, Michael Healey, Thomas leitch, Stephen Mamber, and Susan White

on Hitchcock and Fascism

ichael Healey, Leland Poague, let and William G. Simon

14
2005 06

13
2004 05

AnnuAl
AnnuAl

In THIs Issue
n nathalie Morris on Alma Reville n Alma in Wonderland and Alma Reville on Cutting and Continuity n James M. Vest on Visual Patterns in Downhill n Edward Gallafent on The Trouble with Harry n Deborah Thomas on Marnie n Michael Walker on Hitchcockian narrative n Dossier on Hitchcock and Hindi Cinema, with essays by Richard Allen, Sidney Gottlieb, Richard ness, and Priyadarshini Shanker, and an interview with Hitchcock n Review Essay by Thomas leitch

15
2006 07
ISSn 1062-5518

14
2005 06

ISSn 1062-5518

n Reviews by Moya luckett, Charles l.P. Silet, and David Sterritt

agle The Lodger Downhill Easy fe Champagne The Manxman urder! The Skin Game Number rom Vienna The Man Who Knew Sabotage Young and Innocent The Foreign Correspondent Mr. and w of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound er Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers urder Rear Window To Catch a Man Who Knew Too Much The est Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Plot The Pleasure Garden The r’s Wife Champagne The Manxman urder! The Skin Game Number m Vienna The Man Who Knew Too ge Young and Innocent The Lady eign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Under Capricorn Stage Fright

The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger Downhill Easy Downhill Easy The Pleasure Garden Virtue The Ring The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman The Manxman Virtue The Ring Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Game Number Blackmail Juno Seventeen Rich and Strange Man Who The Waltzes from Vienna The Man Who Knew Seventeen Rich and Too Much The 39 Steps Secret Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent The Young and Inno Knew Too Much Lady Vanishes Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Rebecca Foreign cent The Lady Van Mrs. Smith Suspicion S h a d o w Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Saboteur o f a Correspondent Mr. Notorious The ParadineRope Under Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers Case Rope Cap Doubt Lifeboat on a Train I Confess Dial M for Mur Dial M for Murder Rear Window To Catch a pricorn Stage Fright der Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Man Who Knew Too Much The Thief The Trouble with Harry The Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by North by Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Wrong Man Vertigo Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Pleasure Pleasure Garden The Mountain Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Garden The Mountain Eagle The Eagle The Lodger TheWife Champagne Lodger The Farmer’s Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail The Manxman Blackmail Juno Juno the Paycock Murder! The Skin Skin Game Number Seventeen and and the Paycock Murder! The Game Number Seventeen Rich Rich Strange The Man Who from Vienna The Man Who Knew Too and and Strange Waltzes Knew Too Much Waltzes from Vienna Secret Agent Jamaica Inn Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent The Sabotage Much Downhill Secret Young and Innocent Rebecca Hitchcock Annual Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and 2004-05 The Lady Lady Vanishes Vanishes Suspicion Foreign Correspondent Suspicion Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Mr. and Mrs. Smith Mrs. Smith Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Notorious The Paradine Case The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn StageA Train I Confess On AM For Murder Rear Window To Strangers On Fright Strangers Dial

The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger Downhill Easy Downhill Easy The Pleasure Garden Virtue The Ring The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman The Manxman Virtue The Ring Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Game Number Blackmail Juno Seventeen Rich and StrangeMan Whofrom Vienna The Man Who Knew The Waltzes Seventeen Rich and Too Much The 39 Steps SecretInno Young and Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent Knew Too Much The Lady Vanishes Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Rebecca Foreign cent The Lady Van Mrs. Smith Suspicion Shadow Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Saboteur of a Correspondent Mr. Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Cap Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers Rope Under Under Doubt Lifeboat on a Train I Confess D i a l M foroMurder Rear Window To Catch a Dial M f r ricorn Stage Fright Thief The Trouble with Harry The Murder Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Man Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Psycho Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Northwest Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy The Pleasure The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family PlotFamily Plot The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Farmer’s Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Garden The Mountain Eagle The LodgerThe Lodger TheWife Champagne Juno and the Paycock Murder! The The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and The Man Who from Vienna The Man Who Knew Too Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange Strange Waltzes Knew Too Much Downhill Secret Sabotage Much Waltzes from Vienna Secret Agent Jamaica Inn Agent Sabotage Young and Innocent The Lady Vanishes 2005-06 The Lady Young and Innocent Rebecca Hitchcock Annual Jamaica Inn Rebecca Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Mr. and Mrs. Shadow Vanishes Suspicion Foreign Correspondent Suspicion Saboteur Smith of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case The Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers On A Train Confess On Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright I StrangersDial M For Murder Rear Window To

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 13

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 14

I n c l u d e s Hi t c h c o c k a n d Wartime Britain; Hitchcock and Carnival; Hitchcock and Fascism; essays on Murder!, Downhill, and Topaz; and reviews.
$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-03-1 2004–2005 216 pages
FilM sTudies

I n c l u d e s Hi t c h c o c k a n d Company; Hitchcock on Griffith; essays on Downhill, R e a r Wi n d o w , B a c k y a r d Adventures, and Torn Curtain; and reviews.
$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-04-8 2005–2006 250 pages
FilM sTudies

^ ^

12
2003 04

I Federico Windhausen on Müller and Girardet’s The Phoenix Tapes

Downhill Easy The Pleasure Garden The Manxman Virtue The Ring Game Number Blackmail Juno The Man Who Seventeen Rich and Young and Inno Knew Too Much Rebecca Foreign cent The Lady Van Shadow of a Correspondent Mr. Rope Under Cap Doubt Lifeboat Dial M for Mur pricorn Stage Fright der Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange The Man Who Knew Too Much Waltzes from Vienna Secret Agent Jamaica Inn Sabotage Young and Innocent Rebecca Hitchcock Annual 2003-04 The Lady Vanishes Suspicion Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers On A

2 0 03 04

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 12

Includes Hitchcock and Lang; Hitchcock Biography; essays on The Phoenix Tapes, Under Capricorn, Rear Window, and Vertigo; and reviews.

$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-02-4 2003–2004 199 pages
FilM sTudies

AnnuAl
15
2006 07

HITCHCOCK AnnuAl 15

H I T C H C O C K A N N U A L 13 2 0 04 05

HITCHCOCK AnnuAl 14 2005 06

Downhill Easy The Pleasure Garden The Manxman Virtue The Ring Game Number Blackmail Juno The Man Who Seventeen Rich and Young and Inno Knew Too Much Rebecca Foreign cent The Lady Van Shadow of a Correspondent Mr. Rope Under Cap Doubt Lifeboat D i a l M f or ricorn Stage Fright Murder Rear Window To Catch a Thief The Trouble with Harry The Man Who Knew Too Much The Wrong Man Vertigo North by Northwest Psycho The Birds Marnie Torn Curtain Topaz Frenzy Family Plot The Pleasure Garden The Mountain Eagle The Lodger The Farmer’s Wife Champagne The Manxman Blackmail Juno and the Paycock Murder! The Skin Game Number Seventeen Rich and Strange The Man Who Knew Too Much Waltzes from Vienna Secret Agent Jamaica Inn Sabotage Young and Innocent Rebecca Hitchcock Annual 2006-07 The Lady Vanishes Suspicion Foreign Correspondent Mr. and Mrs. Smith Saboteur Shadow of a Doubt Lifeboat Spellbound Notorious The Paradine Case Rope Under Capricorn Stage Fright Strangers On

2006 07

Hitchcock Annual
Volume 15

Includes Hitchcockian Narrative; Hitchcock and India dossier; essays on Alma Reville, Downhill, The Trouble with Harry, and Marnie; and reviews.
$24.00s paper 978-1-906660-05-5 2006–2007 289 pages / 18 illus.
FilM sTudies

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 93

edinburGh universiTy press
94 | fa l l

Understanding Torture
J. Jeremy Wisnewski

From Agamben to ŽiŽek
Contemporary Critical Theorists

Cultural Identity and Political Ethics
Paul Gilbert

Edited by Jon Simons

Why does torture exist in a world that condemns it as immoral? What does it mean to call an act torture, and is such behavior always reprehensible? J. Jeremy Wisnewski outlines the moral parameters of a perennial practice and pays close attention to the implications for our moral psychology. He systematically exposes the weaknesses behind dominant arguments for torture and draws on analytic and continental philosophy, as well as relevant empirical literature in psychology, to explain the nature, consequences, and enduring appeal of torture in civilized society.
j . j e r e m y w i s n e w s k i is associate

John Simons introduces the major figures of contemporary critical theory, with biographical information and intellectual context. Contributors then tackle actor-network theory; deconstruction and poststructuralism, globalization and postmodernity; green critical theory; Marxism and postMarxism; feminism and queer theory; phenomenology; postcolonialism; psychoanalysis; and science and technology. Chapters center on Agamben, Badiou, Bauman, Bhabha, Butler, Castoriadis, Haraway, Laclau, Mouffe, Latour, Negri, Spivak, Virilio, and Žižek, among others, and a bibliography suggests further readings.
j o n s i m o n s is an associate profes-

professor of philosophy at Hartwick College.

sor of communication and culture at Indiana University.

Cultural identity is increasingly invoked to support the political claims of individuals. Yet what is “cultural identity,” and how can we account for its significance? Paul Gilbert links cultural identity to the discredited theory of national character and ultimately argues it is not intrinsic to individual psychology. Nor is the concept uniform. Rather, various types emerge in response to circumstance, and their character is marked by superficial behaviors that have persuasive and aesthetic appeal. Gilbert sees cultural identity as lacking ethical significance and views its invocation as politically pernicious. He engages with Isaiah Berlin, Charles Taylor, Will Kymlicka, Jean-Paul Sartre, and Julia Kristeva.
pau l gi l b e r t is emeritus professor of

philosophy at the University of Hull.

$37.50s paper 978-0-7486-3538-2 $115.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3537-5
s e p T eM b e r

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-3974-8 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3973-1
oc To ber

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-2388-4 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-2387-7
ocTo ber poliTics

256 pages

280 pages

208 pages

p h i lo s o p h y / c u r r e n T a F Fa i r s co n Te Mp o r a ry e T hi c a l d e baT e s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

2010

Deleuze and Political Activism
Deleuze Studies Volume 4: 2010 (Supplement)

edinburGh universiTy press

Edited by Marcelo Svirsky

The Deleuze Dictionary
Revised Edition

Deleuze and Ethics
Daniel W. Smith and Nathan Jun

Edited by Adrian Parr
“useful to anyone wishing to better understand the work of this important French philosopher. . . . highly recommended.”—Choice

This dictionary defines and contextualizes more than one hundred and fifty terms relating to Deleuzian philosophy. It covers key terms and concepts, major influences, and the legacy of Deleuze in feminism, cinema, postcolonial theory, geography, and cultural studies. The revised edition includes expanded entries on architecture, cinema, and psychoanalysis, and new contributions from prominent Deleuze scholars Jeffrey Bell, Ronald Bogue, Felicity Colman, John Protevi, and Janell Watson.
a d r i a n pa r r is professor of critical

Since he never devoted a book solely to the study of ethics, many scholars assume Gilles Deleuze chose not to write about the subject. Yet the exact opposite is true. Concepts such as ethics, values, and normativity play a crucial—if subtle and easily overlooked—role in Deleuze’s philosophical project. The essays in this volume unearth and explore the ethical dimensions of Deleuzian philosophy across a number of trajectories, ultimately reclaiming the moral and philosophical triumph of his thought.
da n i e l w. s m i t h is associate profes-

Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari wrote Anti-Oedipus to inspire dissidents and political activists to fight not by outlining a program for change but by isolating the political, cultural, and economic factors that inhibit change. As a result, their work was instantly recognized as a philosophical watershed. Anti-Oedipus changed the landscape of political theory, and, in this volume, both critical theorists and activists recommend ways to implement Deleuze and Guattari’s critical tools into radical practice. Their essays integrate theory and case studies from different political spheres and times, offering new ways to reflect on, experiment with, and transform politics.
m a r c e l o s v i r s k y is Marie-Curie

Visiting Fellow, Centre for Critical and Cultural Theory, Cardiff University.

sor of philosophy at Purdue University,
n at h a n j u n is assistant professor

of philosophy at Midwestern State University.

theory at the University of Cincinnati.

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-4146-8 $90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4147-5
o cTo b e r

$37.50s paper 978-0-7486-4116-1 $105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4117-8
January

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-4052-2
noveMb er

96 pages

320 pages

188 pages

p h i lo s o p h y/ p o l i T i c s de leuZ e sTu dies s p ecial i ssues

p h i lo s o p h y

p h i lo s o p h y de leu Z e co nnec T ions

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 95

edinburGh universiTy press
96 | fa l l

Deleuzian Fabulation and the Scars of History
Ronald Bogue

William Morris and the Idea of Community
Romance, History, and Propaganda, 1880–1914

To Follow
The Wake of Jacques Derrida

Peggy Kamuf

Ronald Bogue advances a theory of fabulation that clarifies the Deleuzian approach to literary narrative. Fabulation involves legending, becomingother, experimenting with the real, and inventing a people to come. It relies on an understanding of time informed by Deleuze’s Chronos/Aion distinction and his theory of the three passive syntheses of time. Closely reading Zakes Mda, Arundhati Roy, Roberto Bolaño, Assia Djebar, and Richard Flanagan, Bogue proves the value of fabulation as a critical tool while, at the same time, confronting the problematic relationship between history and storytelling.
r o n a l d b o g u e is Distinguished

Anna Vaninskaya

Community is a word we apply liberally to groups and concepts, yet its definition sparks fierce contention and debate. This was no different when Victorian and Edwardian writers, critics, historians, and political activists first coined the term. Anna Vaninskaya turns to the great polymath William Morris and his contemporaries to illuminate this history. She draws on working-class fiction, mainstream periodicals, radical newspapers, political pamphlets, anthropological treatises, autobiographies, and diaries.
a nn a va n i n s kaya is lecturer in nine-

Peggy Kamuf writes both in the wake of Derrida and on the wake of his death. Each of these essays is written in response to a particular context, occasion, or event. A majority analyze issues that arise in Derrida’s work, from the 1960s to the posthumous publication of his teaching seminars. Three chapters deal with Derrida outside of his writing, revisiting media interviews, the film D’ailleurs Derrida (2000), and affective relations to the U.S, and three chapters recount Kamuf ’s friendship with Derrida and her translation of his works. An afterword muses on the book’s essential continuity over time, tone, and subject.
p e g gy ka m u f is professor of French

teenth-century literature at Newcastle University.

Research Professor of Comparative Literature and j o s i a h m e i g s is Distinguished Teaching Professor at the University of Georgia.

at the University of Southern California and editor of the Oxford Literary Review.

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4131-4
s e p T eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4149-9
F ebruary

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4154-3
noveMb er

288 pages

256 pages

240 pages

p h i lo s o p h y pl aTe au s - ne w d i r e cTions in d e l e u Ze sT ud i e s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s / p o l i T i c s e dinbur G h criT i cal sTu dies i n v icTo rian culTu re

p h i lo s o p h y The Fr onT i ers o F Theory

2010

edinburGh universiTy press

Derrida and Hospitality
Theory and Practice

The Persistence of the Negative
A Critique of Contemporary Continental Theory

The Foreign Policy of Lyndon B. Johnson
The United States and the World, 1963–69

Judith Still

This volume marks the first full-length study of hospitality in Derridean thought. It focuses on sexual difference, which sheds light on Jacques Derrida’s exploration of the complex, delicate, strange, yet familiar dance of being both good host and guest. Judith Still situates Derrida’s work within the sociopolitical history of France, especially its relationship with Algeria, and the philosopher’s association with other writers, most famously Hélène Cixous and Emmanuel Levinas, themselves key thinkers on hospitality.
j u d i t h s t i l l is professor of French

Benjamin Noys
“in this bold and original book, benjamin noys rethinks the negative in both ontology and political practice. his critical revaluations of familiar figures move in surprising new directions. They have forced me to reconsider much that i knew.” —steven shaviro, wayne state university

Jonathan Colman

and critical theory at the University of Nottingham.

This compelling critique contests philosophers’ reliance on affirmation, especially affirmative thinking of resistance, through incisive readings of Jacques Derrida, Gilles Deleuze, Bruno Latour, Antonio Negri, and Alain Badiou.
be n ja m i n n oys is reader in English at

Sourcing declassified documents and recent research, this history serves as the first general account of the former president’s handling of foreign relations. It revisits the Vietnam War and such crucial issues as Anglo-American relations, U.S. policy toward NATO, and the international economy. Jonathan Colman contends that Johnson had a capable strategy for handling the world beyond America’s borders. Clear and engaging, this book offers an uncommon perspective on U.S. foreign relations, the Cold War, and the modern American presidency.
j on at h a n col m a n is a lecturer in in-

ternational history at the University of Salford. the University of Chicester.

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4027-0
d ec e Mb e r

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3863-5
o cTober

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4013-3
ocTo ber poliTics

256 pages

224 pages

224 pages

p h i lo s o p h y

p h i lo s o p h y

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 97

Media Persian
Dominic Brookshaw

edinburGh universiTy press
98 | fa l l

Contemporary Arab Broadcast Media
El Mustapha Lahlali

This book follows three dominant Arab media networks— Al-Jazeera, Al-Hurra, and Al-Arabia—as they have grown in importance and presence since 9/11. It surveys the modern history of Arab media; the aims, objectives, and programs of Al-Jazeera Arabic, Al-Hurra, and Al-Arabia; and the similarities and differences among their broadcasting. The volume explores the impact of private media on the Arabic public sphere; the American and European media’s influence on Arab programming; the media laws under which Arab media operates; the issue of state control and ownership; and the extent of these restrictions on the dissemination of free and fair news.
el mustapha la hla l i is a lecturer in

Media Persian familiarizes novices and more seasoned speakers with contemporary expressions, jargon, and colloquialisms, enabling the communication of modern ideas across a variety of contexts, especially the media, the Internet, law, and business. The Volume includes an English-to-Persian index and a searchable CD of the text’s contents, as well as sound files in English that reflect proper Persian pronunciations.
d o m i n i c b r o o k s h aw is lecturer in

Islamic Finance in the Global Economy
Second Edition Revised and Updated

Ibrahim Warde
“a well-researched and concise book on a fluid, complex, and sometimes misjudged concept.”—MeSA Bulletin

Persian studies and Iranian literature at the University of Manchester.

This best-selling book unravels the paradox of a thriving system rooted in medieval practice. It defines Islamic finance in its broadest sense, including banks, mutual funds, securities firms, and insurance companies. Ibrahim Warde situates Islamic finance within global political and economic systems and addresses core issues, such as the moral economy of Islam; differences among Pakistan, Iran, the Sudan, and Malaysia; and religious issues and challenges.
i b r a h i m wa r d e is adjunct profes-

Arabic and Middle Eastern studies at the University of Leeds.

sor of international business at the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, Tufts University.

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-3908-3 $90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3909-0
F e b r ua ry

$22.00s paper 978-0-7486-4100-0 $75.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4101-7
oc To ber

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-2777-6 $120.00s cloth 978-0-7486-2776-9
se pT eMb er

160 pages

128 pages

272 pages

islaMic sTudies/Media sTudies

i s l a M i c s T u d i e s / l a n G uaG e e ssen Tial Middle e asTe rn vocabulary

islaMic sTudies/business

2010

edinburgh guides to islamic finance

edinburGh universiTy press

Islamic Asset Management
Natalie Schoon

Product Development In Islamic Banks
Habib Ahmed

Islamic Financial Services in Great Britain
Elaine Housby

Many Middle East countries now demand Shariahcompliant asset management, which involves a multi-asset allocation strategy covering both public and private Islamic sukuk securities and equities. Natalie Schoon addresses this in a way that is accessible to the non-specialist. She reviews types of funds, asset selection, processes, Shariah compliance, and case studies of selected funds, and thoroughly describes the place of asset management within the Islamic financial infrastructure. Readers become familiar with prohibitions in Islamic finance and continuing developments in the Islamic fund market.
n ata l i e s c h o o n is the head of

Islamic banking began in the 1970s and established financial services compatible with Islamic law. Driven by market forces, it has grown rapidly in both Muslim countries and international sectors, now projected to grow at an annual rate of fifteen to twenty percent. A key factor of future growth is the availability of new products to satisfy the needs of various investors. While other texts discuss the basic principles and contracts of Islamic banking and finance, this book describes how to develop these elements into desirable financial products.
h a b i b a h m e d is Sharjah Chair in

The first book-length study of Islamic financial services in Great Britain, this volume emphasizes how British examples of Islamic financial provision illustrate both the main characteristics of Islamic financial teaching and key issues in the lives of British Muslims. Chapters cover the history of Islamic financial provision in Great Britain, personal deposit accounts, personal finance and credit cards, home finance, investment funds and share dealing, insurance, sukuk, and commercial financing. All in all, a balanced and comprehensive view of a surprisingly successful practice.
e l a i n e h o u s by gained her Ph.D. at

Islamic Law and Finance at Durham University.

the Open University, where she researched of Islamic financial traditions in contemporary Britain.

product development at the Bank of London and the Middle East.

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-3996-0 $120.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3995-3
F e b r ua ry

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-3952-6 $120.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3951-9
February

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-3998-4 $120.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3997-7
February

184 pages

184 pages

184 pages

islaMic sTudies/business e di n b u r Gh G u i d e s To is l a Mi c Finance

islaMic sTudies/business e dinbur G h Guides To is laMi c Finance

islaMic sTudies/business ed inbur Gh Guides To i slaMi c Finance

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 99

Young British Muslims
Identity, Culture, Politics, and the Media

edinburGh universiTy press
100 | fa l l

Nahid Afrose Kabir

The 7/7 London bombings created a new, highly politicized atmosphere in Britain, especially for the country’s young Muslims. Young British Muslims constructs a portrait of contemporary British Muslim identity through topics such as migration, settlement, religion, culture, socioeconomic status, and wider social environments. Nahid Afrose Kabir has conducted ethnographic fieldwork with more than two hundred young Muslims from five British cities: London, Leicester, Bradford, Leeds, and Cardiff. Her careful analysis and revealing interviews offer insight into the hopes and aspirations of British Muslims, and her impeccable reproduction of their testimonies represents a remarkable range of ethnicities: Algerian, Bangladeshi, Indian, Iranian, Iraqi, Kenyan, Libyan, Mauritian, Moroccan, Pakistani, Palestinian, Somali, Sudanese, Syrian, Yemeni, and English and Scottish converts.
na hid afrose kabi r is a visiting fel-

Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage
Jane Hwang Degenhardt

Explorations into Arab Folk Literature
Pierre Cachia

Jane Hwang Degenhardt investigates the specter of Christian conversion to Islam, which served as a major plot development in early modern British drama. Degenhardt considers how East-West power dynamics informed representations of identity, embodiment, and race, and identifies dramatic treatments of religious conversion as a form of sexual seduction. She also demonstrates how Christian resistance to conversion re-empowered Catholic models during Protestant reform and critically reads Shakespeare, Marlowe, Webster, and Dekker.
j a n e h wa n g d e g e n h a r d t is as-

European Orientalists hoped to map the character and achievements of Arab-Islamic civilization by acquainting themselves with classical Arabic and the writings of pre-fifteenthcentury Arab thinkers and scholars. Regrettably, they did not take folk literature into account. Pierre Cachia builds his study from the historical, textual, social, and cultural implications of this tradition, and follows a standardized transcription system based on pronunciation rather than spelling. Including two original essays, this collection captures the full texture and style of Arab folk literature.
p i e r r e c ac h i a is professor emeritus

low at the Center for Middle Eastern Studies at Harvard University.

sistant professor of English at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

of Arabic language and literature at Columbia University.

$115.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4133-8
nov eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4084-3
nove Mb er

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4086-7
Ja nuary

272 pages / 2 b&w illus.

288 pages / 20 b&w illus.

256 pages

islaMic sTudies

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s / i s l a M i c s T u d i e s

i s l a M i c s T u d i e s / l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

2010

Beckett and Germany
Journal of Beckett Studies Volume 19, Number 2

edinburGh universiTy press

Edited by Mark Nixon and Dirk van Hulle

A lover of German literature and aspiring art critic, Beckett traveled across Germany during an extremely tumultuous and dangerous period in the country’s history. This book assesses the author’s relationship with German literature, art, and philosophy and recounts the country’s reception of his work. It presents a complete chronology of Beckett’s journey, which lasted from 1936 to 1937, and describes his attitudes toward German romanticism from both literary and philosophical perspectives. As to the German reception of Beckett’s work, Theodor W. Adorno’s Versuch, das Endspiel zu verstehen played a central role. This volume translates and interprets Adorno’s notes on Fin de partie and L’Innommable, which comment on the direction of Beckett’s Endspiel, and recounts Beckett’s relationship with the television and radio station Süddeutscher Rundfunk (SDR).
m a r k n i Xo n is lecturer in twentieth-

Demented Particulars
The Annotated Murphy

Obscure Locks, Simple Keys
The Annotated Watt

C. J. Ackerley

C. J. Ackerley

Demented Particulars introduces Samuel Beckett’s first published novel, Murphy, which speaks to so much of the master’s later works. The volume opens with an extensive introduction outlining the composition and publishing history of the novel and follows with critical reception and literary, philosophical, theological, and biographical influences. It also includes a sophisticated discussion of the “Cartesian catastrophe” that lies at the center of the novel’s comic cosmos and an extensive bibliography of pertinent works, along with a thematic index.
c. j. ac k e r l e y is professor of English

Obscure Locks, Simple Keys is a comprehensive study of Samuel Beckett’s most enigmatic text, Watt. Chris Ackerley’s approach extensively reads the novel’s different editions and manuscripts (including the French translation, overseen by Beckett himself ). A long introduction engages with the complex history of the book’s making. One appendix deals with textual changes and errata in major editions of the novel, and the other confronts the novel’s tangled evolution.
c . j. ac k e r l e y is professor of English

at the Univerity of Otago and coeditor of the Journal of Beckett Studies.

at the Univerity of Otago and coeditor of the Journal of Beckett Studies.

century English literature, University of Reading, and d irk van hu l l e is associate professor of literature in English, University of Antwerp.

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-4139-0
s e pT e M b e r

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-4150-5
sep Te Mber

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-4151-2
sep T eMb er

128 pages

260 pages

300 pages

liTerary sTudies

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 101

edinburGh universiTy press
102 | fa l l

In Lady Audley’s Shadow
Mary Elizabeth Braddon and Victorian Literary Genres

Blasted Literature
Victorian Political Fiction and the Shock of Modernism

Circulating Genius
John Middleton Murry, Katherine Mansfield, and D. H. Lawrence

Saverio Tomaiuolo

Deaglán Ó Donghaile

Sydney Janet Kaplan

Written by Mary Elizabeth Braddon in 1862, Lady Audley’s Secret is an early pulp detective novel that was wildly successful (and highly condemned) in its day. It has also never gone out of print. Reclaiming the significance of this overlooked text, Saverio Tomaiuolo connects the novel to Victorian literature’s three main genres: the Gothic, the detective, and the realistic. Through an analysis of narrative, ideology, and culture, he shows how Braddon’s manipulation of Victorian literary convention sets her apart from other sensational writers and reaffirms her role in the nineteenth-century literary scene.
s av e r i o t o m a i u o l o is lecturer in

Turning to late Victorian “dynamite novels” (or fiction that portrays terrorism), as well as radical journalism and modernist writing, Blasted Literature proves the centrality of terrorism within the literary imagination of 1880 to 1915. During this period, a range of writers exploited the sensational draw of terrorist plotlines. Mapping the political and aesthetic links between “shilling shockers” and the triumphs of modernism, Deaglán Ó Donghaile reads the relationship between late-nineteenth-century popular fiction and twentieth-century modernism as a process of synthesis and exchange.
d e ag l á n Ó d o n g h a i l e is lecturer

Sydney Janet Kaplan builds a literary biography around the personal lives of John Middleton Murry, Katherine Mansfield, and D. H. Lawrence, and recounts their relationship with other prominent modernists, including T. S. Eliot, Virginia Woolf, Lady Ottoline Morrell, Mark Gertler, and Henri Gaudier-Brzeska. Kaplan reconsiders Murry, once known as “the best-hated man of letters,” as a skilled “circulator” of ideas and reputations and prompts a renewed discussion of the concept of genius, the question of the personal, the influence of psychoanalysis, and the rationale of twentieth-century confessionalism.
s y d n e y j a n e t k a p l a n is profes-

English literature and language at Cassino University, Italy.

in nineteenth-century literature at Liverpool Hope University.

sor of English at the University of Washington.

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4115-4
nov eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4067-6
nove Mb er

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4148-2
January

256 pages

256 pages

288 pages

liTerary sTudies e di n b u rGh cr i T ic a l sT udies in v ic Tor i a n cu lT ur e

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s e dinbur G h criTi cal sTu dies in v icTo rian cu lTu re

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

Literature of the 1980s
After the Watershed Volume Nine

edinburGh universiTy press

Joseph Brooker

The 1980s were a time of tumultuous transition in Britain. The Cold War was ending, and Margaret Thatcher’s government was reinventing the postwar consensus of the British social landscape. This wideranging study follows the effect of these developments across fiction, poetry, and drama, as well as other cultural forms, such as television, film, and music. It maps changes in society while also paying close attention to literary forms and textures that, by the end of the decade, left Britain a very different place. Specifically, the volume describes the impact of a new generation of London novelists and the influence of feminism, postmodernism, literary theory, working-class reactions to Thatcherism, black British writing, and reflexive and self-conscious modes of writing. Writers discussed include Martin Amis, Ian McEwan, Angela Carter, Jeanette Winterson, Salman Rushdie, James Kelman, Fred D’Aguiar, Grace Nichols, and Alan Hollinghurst.
j o s e p h b r o o k e r is senior lecturer

Rhythm in Literature After the Crisis in Verse
Paragraph Volume 33, Number 2

Literary Criticism
A New History

Gary Day
“Gary day is exuberantly readable. . . . his lightness of touch is heroic in the presence of hugely intractable and diverse material from the past. with these qualities he has constructed a book that will appeal to students and scholars alike.”—The “Gary day has made a thoughtprovoking and highly readable contribution to one of the most difficult categories of critical writing: a history of literary criticism. . . . There is a great treasure trove of curiosities here, economically expressed, which really adds to the great pleasure of reading this book.” —Cambridge Quarterly
g a r y d ay is principal lecturer in

Edited by Peter Dayan and David Evans

Before the crise de vers diagnosed by Stéphane Mallarmé in the 1880s, musical rhythms concerned note values and repeated patterns, and literary rhythms were ascertained through metrical verse. Outlining a theory that can measure rhythms as they exist outside of patterned convention, this volume considers the work of the post-crisis writers Paul Valéry and Virginia Woolf and the Dadaists. It also reads Russian verse under communism and the writings of Jacques Réda, Julio Cortázar, and John Wilkinson.
pe t e r daya n is professor of word and

English at De Montfort University.

music studies, School of Literatures, Languages, and Cultures, University of Edinburgh, and dav i d e van s is lecturer in the School of Modern Languages, University of St. Andrews.

of English at Birkbeck, University of London.

$90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3394-4
n ov eM b e r

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-4064-5
sep Te Mber

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-4142-0
sep T eMb er

256 pages / 6 b&w illus.

128 pages

256 pages

liTerary sTudies T h e edi n b u r Gh hisTory o F Twen T i eTh c e nT u ry l iT e r aT u r e i n b riTa in

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s pa raGr aph s pecial issues

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 103

The Romantic Predicament
Paul de Man
Edited by Martin McQuillan

edinburGh universiTy press
104 | fa l l

The first collection of Paul de Man’s essays to follow his posthumous Aesthetic Ideology, this anthology reproduces the author’s critical engagement with Stéphane Mallarmé, Stefan George, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Jacques Derrida, John Keats, and the symbolists. Crucial to any analysis of romantic and post-romantic poetry, these essays demonstrate the impressive range of de Man’s influences and thought. Each piece acts as a foil to other texts within de Man’s ouevre. A remarkable concentration of his work on the ideology of romanticism, The Romantic Predicament identifies for the first time the historical problem of the complexity of thought and the difficulty of poetic consciousness, vividly realized through the extreme linguistics of de Man’s chosen poets.
m a r t i n m c q u i l l a n is professor of

Prosaic Desires
Modernist Knowledge, Boredom, Laughter, and Anticipation

Scottish Women’s Gothic and Fantastic Writing
Fiction Since 1978

Sara Crangle

Monica Germanà

literary theory at Kingston University.

Exploring a variety of everyday human longings as they arise in modernist fiction, this book poses a direct challenge to psychoanalytic accounts that characterize desire as sexual or powerful. Using continental philosophy as its framework, Prosaic Desires contends that human longing is as endless in kind as it is in manifestation. It reads Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, and Heidegger, but relies primarily on the thinking of Emmanuel Levinas, who radically argues that the self is defined by an endless longing for the other. Authors include Joyce, Woolf, Stein, and Beckett, all of whom engage with other-based, evanescent longings.
s a r a c r a n g l e is a lecturer at the

Monica Germanà investigates the prevelance of supernatural motifs (ghosts, doubles, witches, magical journeys) in contemporary Western culture and offers the first study of Scottish women’s fantasy writing in the late-twentieth and early-twenty-first centuries. She examines the supernatural device of being reborn and provides a comprehensive survey of nonrealistic fiction since 1978. She tackles Muriel Spark, A. L. Kennedy (So I Am Glad), Alice Thomson (Justine), and Ali Smith (Hotel World), unveiling a new canon that engages with feminism and postmodernism.
m o n i c a g e r m a n à is a lecturer in

English literature and creative writing at the University of Westminster.
$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3764-5

University of Sussex.

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4105-5
nov eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4085-0
sep Te Mber

noveMb er

272 pages

272 pages

232 pages

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

liTerary sTudies T h e F r o nT ie r s o F T h e ory

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

2010

edinburGh universiTy press

Edmund Spenser’s The Faerie Queene
A Reading Guide

John Webster, Renaissance Dramatist
David Coleman

Medieval Literature and Postcolonial Studies
Lisa Lampert-Weissig

Andrew Zurcher

Andrew Zurcher’s guide offers an innovative introduction to The Faerie Queene and its complex poetic construction. Through a representative selection of excerpts, Zurcher outlines the skills and interpretive methods students will need as they experience Spenser’s key themes and techniques. He identifies relevant contexts and related texts, which not only enhance the reading experience for newcomers but also build a rich course that stretches into other disciplines and fields.
a n d r e w z u r c h e r is fellow and

Newton Trust Lecturer in the Faculty of English at the University of Cambridge and the author of Spenser’s Legal Language: Law and Poetry in Early Modern England.

Transgressive and darkly brilliant, the drama of John Webster has long been celebrated as one of the crowning glories of the English Renaissance. David Coleman locates Webster’s remarkable plays within Jacobean London’s tumultuous political, religious, and economic climate. He reintroduces readers to the playwright’s great tragedies and familiarizes them with lesser-known works. Coleman explores and recounts performances, from original stage productions to today’s cinematic interpretations, completing the only guide to Webster’s work that takes recent scholarship into account.
dav i d c o l e m a n is lecturer in early

Lisa Lampert-Weissig examines the historical connections between postcolonial and medieval studies, conducting new readings of key medieval texts from different European traditions. These include Wolfram von Eschenbach’s Parzival, Bernard Mandeville’s Travels, and Guillaume de Palerne, a French romance about werewolves in Norman Sicily. Lampert also incorporates insights from later historical fiction, such as Walter Scott’s Ivanhoe and contemporary works by Salman Rushdie, Tariq Ali, Juan Goytisolo, and Amitav Ghosh.
l i s a l a m p e r t- w e i s s i g is associ-

ate professor in the Department of Literature and director of the German studies program at the University of California, San Diego.

modern literature at Nottingham Trent University.

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-3957-1 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3956-4
o cTob e r

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-3465-1 $90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3464-4
nove Mb er

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-3718-8 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3717-1
sep T eMb er

224 pages

192 pages / 5 b&w illus.

256 pages / 4 b&w illus.

liTerary sTudies r ea d i nG G u i d e s To lon G p o eM s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s / d r a M a re naissance d ra MaTisTs

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s posTcolonial liTe rary sTu dies

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 105

The American Short Story Since 1950
Kasia Boddy

Selected Poems by Robert Burns in Chinese Translation
Edited by Natascha Gentz

edinburGh universiTy press
106 | fa l l

The American Short Story Since 1950 reassesses a critically underrated genre during a particularly rich period in literary history. The volume reads some of America’s greatest postwar writers, who found in the form a supreme outlet for their literary and stylistic talents. Flannery O’Connor, Eudora Welty, J. D. Salinger, John Cheever, Donald Barthelme, Grace Paley, Raymond Carver, Lorrie Moore, Tim O’Brien, Denis Johnson, Junot Díaz, Sherman Alexie, Jhumpa Lahiri, David Bezmozgis, Edward P. Jones, David Foster Wallace, Gish Jen, and Lydia Davis are all covered. Kasia Boddy describes the literary cultures in which these authors wrote, the magazines in which they published; the prizes they sought; the education they received, and their (often disappointing) sales figures.
ka s i a b o d dy is a lecturer in English

Walter Scott and the Limits of Language
Alison Lumsden

Alison Lumsden studies Scott’s complex and evolving skepticism toward the communicative capacities of language. This is a theme that runs throughout his writing, and Lumsden brings the scholarship of the Edinburgh Edition of the Waverley Novels to bear on a critical framework grounded in post-structuralist theory. She reexamines this skepticism within the historical context of Scottish Enlightenment thought and recent developments in literary theory.
a l i s o n lu m s d e n is senior lecturer in

The University of Edinburgh’s Co n f u c i u s I n s t i t u t e f o r Scotland is proud to present the only bilingual, Chineseto-Scottish collector’s edition of Robert Burns’s poems. The volume contains eleven wellknown poems in English, including “I love My Jean,” “My Love Is Like a Red, Red Rose,” and “John Anderson, My Jo,” matched with facingpage Chinese translations. The translations, completed in the 1920s by Su Manshu, Wu Fangji, and Liu Pu, finely capture the lyricism of Burns’s elegant and enduring verse. Each poem is accompanied by a gorgeous page of Chinese calligraphy, contributed by Chi Zhang, a renowned Chinese calligraphy and brush painting artist based at the University of Edinburgh.
n ata s c h a g e n t z is professor of

Chinese studies and director of the Confucius Institute for Scotland at the University of Edinburgh.

at University College London.

the School of Language and Literature and codirector of the Walter Scott Research Centre at the University of Aberdeen. She is the editor of four volumes of the Edinburgh Edition of the Waverley Novels and the recently rediscovered Reliquiae Trotcosienses.

35.00s paper 978-0-7486-2766-0
se p T eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4153-6
dece M ber

$50.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4111-6
sep T eMb er

172 pages

256 pages

64 pages / 11 illustrations

liTerary sTudies baas pap e r b ac ks

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

2010

p r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w ava i l a b l e

n e w i n pa p e r

edinburGh universiTy press

and the r Culture

Cultural Studies and the Study of Popular Culture
THIRD EDITION: REVISED AND EXPANDED

John Storey

ND EXPANDED

John Storey

Cultural Studies and the Study of Popular Culture

f this best-selling introduction ure. The book presents an ories and methods which opular culture. Doing this, it f cultural studies through es. Organised around a series different media form and ology for the actual study of topics such as television, popular music, and

ovides instantly usable theories the procedures and politics of nct and accessible overview.

itten and expanded ow includes new sections on globalisation.

and Director of the Centre for the University of Sunderland.

THIRD EDITION

barcode

Edinburgh

Cultural Studies and the Study of Popular Culture
Third Edition

Czech and Slovak Cinema
Peter Hames

Hollywood’s Blacklists
A Political and Cultural History

Reynold Humphries

John Storey

This third edition marks a revised and fully updated introduction to the theories and methods of studying contemporary popular culture. Organized around a series of case studies, each chapter focuses on a different media form and presents a critical overview of the methodologies used to analyze it. Television, fiction, film, journalism, popular music, consumerism, and the culture of globalization are discussed, and new sections on print media and celebrity, communities in cyberspace, and the circuit of culture have been added.
j o h n sto r e y is professor of cultural

Peter Hames examines the key themes and traditions of Czech and Slovak cinema. Joining interwar and postwar cinema with films produced during the post-communist period, Hames follows interactions among theme, genre, and visual style and explores the way in which a range of styles and traditions extend across different periods and regimes. Taken altogether, Hames’s microanalysis of Czech and Slovak cinema opens a unique window onto greater themes in Central European film history.
p e t e r h a m e s is honorary research

a C h o I C e o u T s Ta n d i n G ac a d e M i c T i T l e

associate in film and media studies at Staffordshire University. His books include The Czechoslovak New Wave, The Cinema of Central Europe (editor), and The Cinema of Jan Švankmajer: Dark Alchemy.

studies and director of the Centre for Research in Media and Cultural Studies at the University of Sunderland.

“Are you now or have you ever been a member of the Communist Party?” That question was asked repeatedly during the anticommunist investigations of the House Committee on un-American Activities (HUAC). When ten members of the film industry refused to answer, they were blacklisted and fired. Scores of actors, writers, and directors shared a similar fate, labeled communists or communist sympathizers. Hollywood’s Blacklists explains why these investigations took place, the role films played during World War II and the Cold War, and the values at stake as the Left confronted the Right.
re y n o l d hum p h r i e s is a former pro-

fessor of film studies at the University of Lille.

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-4038-6 $105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4051-5
s e pT e M b e r

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-2082-1
oc Tober

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-2456-0
sep T eMb er

272 pages

192 pages

208 pages

FilM sTudies Tradi T ions in world c ineM a

FilM sTudies

c u lT u r a l s T u d i e s

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 107

Bollywood in the Age of New Media
The Geo-Televisual Aesthetic

edinburGh universiTy press
108 | fa l l

Anustup Basu

Badiou and Cinema
Alex Ling

Alex Ling seizes upon the philosophy of Alain Badiou to clarify a central question in film scholarship: can cinema be thought? Ling begins by reevaluating common conceptions of cinema, primarily through an ontological investigation of cinema’s fundamental nature and purpose. He then explores whether cinema can think for itself—that is, whether it’s truly “artistic”—and concludes with the consequences of a “thinking” cinema for viewers and filmmakers. Ling rereads well-known films, from Hiroshima Mon Amour (1959) and Vertigo (1958) to The Matrix (1999), illustrating how Badiou’s philosophy works in practice.
a l e X l i n g is a lecturer in the School

Focusing on the phenomenal output of popular Indian cinema between 1991 and 2004, Anustup Basu considers the influence of globalization, new media, and metropolitan Hindu fundamentalism on the rise of Bollywood. Beginning in the early nineties, popular Hindi cinema evolved a spectacular style inspired by liberalizing trends and the inauguration of a global media ecology. Films increasingly transformed bodies, fashions, lifestyles, commodities, gadgets, and spaces, often without any obligation to narrative. The unbounded flow of desire, affect, and aspiration transcended the limits of story and milieu. Haqeeqat (1995) features poor, workingclass characters, but through the magic of music and dance, these downtrodden souls become transported to the streets of Switzerland. Basu calls this cinematic-cultural ecology the “geo-televisual aesthetic” and connects it to the uneven processes of globalization.
a n u s t u p b a s u is assistant profes-

Contemporary British Drama
David Lane

David Lane situates British plays, theater companies, and playwrights within their cultural, political, and social contexts, tracing the developing role of British playwrights and their art in an ever-shifting theatrical landscape. Lane discusses the dominant genres and emerging movements of the past decade and links the practical implications of creating dramatic literature to the form and aesthetics of performance.
d av i d l a n e is a dramaturg, play-

wright, and freelance lecturer.

sor of English and cinema studies at the University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign.

of Culture and Communication at the University of Melbourne.

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4113-0
Ja n ua ry

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4102-4
sep Te Mber

$25.00s paper 978-0-7486-3822-2 $80.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3821-5
ocTo ber

224 pages

272 pages

p h i lo s o p h y/ F i l M s T u d i e s

FilM sTudies

224 pages

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s / d r a M a ed inbur Gh cr iT i cal Guides To li Te raT ure

2010

Urban North-Eastern English
Tyneside to Teesside

edinburGh universiTy press

Joan Beal, Lourdes BurbanoElizondo, and Carmen Llamas

Sociolinguistic Variation and Change
Scott F. Kiesling

An Introduction to Regional Englishes
Dialect Variation in England

Joan Beal

This textbook focuses on the tension created among linguistic structure, social structure and identity, and social and linguistic perception. It discusses classic variationist literature and the assertions made by more recent work based in non-English and non-European contexts. It also links the study of variation and change to broader linguistic theories and considers how they account for variation. The volume addresses current debates in sociolinguistics and examines the most important issues surrounding variation theory today, along with the main forces that act on variation and change.
s c ot t f. k i e s l i n g is associate pro-

Are English dialects disappearing under the pressure of globalization and a preference for “Estuary English”—a dialect widely spoken in the country’s southeast region—or are the geographical differences of Britain as vibrant and resilient as ever? Joan Beal considers recent research on regional variation in England and reevaluates the evidence for “dialect leveling,” ultimately demonstrating that despite such trends, distinct dialects still operate as clear and vivid markers of regional and local identity.
j oa n be a l is professor of English lan-

This volume details all aspects of urban north-eastern English, designed specifically with undergraduates and general readers in mind. It lists the phonetic, phonological, and morphosyntactic features of the variety, including an analysis of lexical items and generational changes. It also identifies historical, linguistic, and local cultural influences.
j oa n b e a l is professor of English

language at the University of Sheffield and editor of the Edinburgh University Press series Dialects of English.
lo u r d e s b u r b a n o - e l i zo n d o is a

lecturer in English language at Edge Hill University.
c ar m e n ll a m as is a lecturer in socio-

linguistics at the University of York.

guage at the University of Sheffield and coeditor of the Edinburgh University Press Dialects of English series.

fessor and chair in the Department of Linguistics at the University of Pittsburgh.

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-3762-1 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3761-4
d e c eMb e r

$25.00s paper 978-0-7486-2117-0 $90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-2116-3
dece M ber

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-4152-9 $100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3929-8
Fe bruary

192 pages

160 pages

160 pages

l a n G uaG e a n d l i n G u i s T i c s ed i n b u rGh s o c i o l i nGu i sT i cs

l a n G u aG e a n d l i n G u i s T i c s e dinbur G h Tex T b ooks on T he e nG lish lanG uaG e

l a n G uaG e a n d l i n G u i s T i c s di alecTs oF e nGlish

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 109

Modern Diachronic CorpusAssisted Discourse Studies
Corpora Volume 5.2

Scottish Literature and Postcolonial Literature
Comparative Texts and Critical Perspectives

edinburGh universiTy press
110 | fa l l

Edited by Alan Partington

This text conducts a corpus linguistic study of grammatical developments over time, along with variations in lexical and phrasal preferences. It contains a collection of papers on the SiBol corpora, which examines British broadsheet newspapers from 1993 to 2005. They compare two sets of corpora using keyword analyses and targeted searches of such terms as moral, ethics, and science. Papers are drawn from Corpus-Assisted Discourse Studies (CADS), which combine a quantitative, statistical approach with a more qualitative method typical of discourse analysis. Through such corpora, the authors study changes in newspaper prose style and shifting relationships between newspapers and their readerships—and overall changes in language—over long periods. They also perform various forms of content analysis, examining new and older attitudes toward social, cultural, and political phenomena.
a l a n pa r t i n g to n is associate pro-

Edited by Michael Gardiner, Graeme MacDonald, and Niall O’Gallagher

This groundbreaking collection is the first to map the relationship between Scottish literature and postcolonial studies. Despite Scottish involvement in the British Empire, the advent of devolution together with the development of Scottish literature has encouraged critics to reread Scottish texts in a postcolonial light. This collection compares Scottish writing to the works of postcolonial countries, proves the value of the postcolonial approach to Scottish literary studies, and reveals the challenges that Scottish literature poses to debates in postcolonialism.
m i c h a e l g a r d i n e r is an assistant

From Tartan to Tartanry
Scottish Culture, History, and Myth

Edited by Ian Brown

professor in the Department of English and Comparative Literary Studies at the University of Warwick.
g r a e m e m a c d o n a l d is a lecturer

From Tartan to Tartanry critically reevaluates one of the more controversial issues in Scottish culture—the debate over whether Scottish identity and ideas about Scotland are manufactured or organically produced. Ian Brown, a prolific writer on Scottish subjects, unites the voices of leading researchers, who conduct historical and critically sound evaluations of an ongoing concern.
ia n b r ow n is a freelance scholar, arts

in the Department of English and Comparative Literary Studies at the University of Warwick.
n i a l l o ’ g a l l ag h e r is honorary re-

and education consultant, playwright, and poet. He is a visiting professor in the Department of Scottish Literature at Glasgow University and external professor at the Centre for the Study of Media and Culture in Small Nations at the University of Glamorgan.

search associate in the Department of Celtic at the University of Glasgow.

fessor of linguistics at the University of Bologna.

$30.00s paper 978-0-7486-4060-7
nov eM b e r

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3774-4
February

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3877-2
dece Mb er

128 pages

272 pages

224 pages

l a n G u aG e a n d l i n G u i s T i c s

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s

s c oT T i s h s T u d i e s

2010

n e w i n pa p e r

History of the Scottish Parliament
Parliament in Context, 1235–1707 (Volume 3)

edinburGh universiTy press

Edited by Keith M. Brown and Alan R. MacDonald

Domination and Lordship
Scotland, 1070–1230

Richard Oram

Richard Oram balances a traditional historiographical focus on the “feudalization” of Scottish society and its wholesale importation of alien cultural traditions with an emphasis on the continuing vitality and centrality of twelfth- and early-thirteenthcentury Gaelic culture. Part 1 explores the transition from the Gaelic kingship of Alba to the hybridized medieval state. Part 2 considers society and culture, following the growth of Scottish economic structures, changes in the management of land-based resources, and the exercise of secular power.
r i c h a r d o r a m is professor of medi-

The third in Edinburgh University Press’s History of the Scottish Parliament series, this volume revisits the development of parliament via new materials now available at the Records of the Parliaments of Scotland. Keith M. Brown and Alan R. MacDonald gather established and upcoming scholars, each of whom develop a theme central to parliament’s six centuries of history. Roland Tanner and Gillian MacIntosh investigate the relationship between parliament and the crown; Roland Tanner and Kirsty MacAllister discuss interactions between parliament and the church; Keith Brown follows parliament and the nobility; and Alan MacDonald examines parliament and the burghs. Other chapters follow shifting political cultures and their relationship with the law, political ideas, and social control. A concluding chapter surveys parliamentary procedures.
k e i t h m . b r o w n is professor of

A History of Scottish Philosophy
Alexander Broadie
w i n n e r o F T h e s a lT i r e s o c i e T y s c oT T i s h h i s To r y b o o k o F T h e y e a r awa r d

“an important and impressive book.”—The herald “a profound history by the recognized master in the field.” —edward cowan, university of Glasgow

eval and environmental history at the University of Stirling.

Scottish history, University of St. Andrews.
a l a n r . m ac d o n a l d is a lecturer in

This volume concentrates on philosophers from the late thirteenth to mid-twentieth centuries and their relatationship with Scottish culture. It showcases John Duns Scotus, Francis Hutcheson, David Hume, Adam Smith, and Thomas Reid, along with John Mair, George Lokert, Frederick Ferrier, Andrew Seth, Norman Ke m p S m i t h , a n d Jo h n Macmurray.
a l e Xa n d e r b r oa d i e is professor of

history, University of Dundee.

logic and rhetoric at the University of Glasgow.

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-1497-4 $115.00s cloth 978-0-7486-1496-7
F e b r ua ry

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-1486-8
oc To ber

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-1628-2
se pT eMb er

356 pages

400 pages

416 pages

s c oT T i s h s T u d i e s / p o l i T i c s h isTo ry o F T h e scoT Ti sh pa rlia Me nT

p h i lo s o p h y/s c oT T i s h s T u d i e s

s c oT T i s h s T u d i e s n ew e d i n b u rGh hisTory o F s coTl and

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 111

A History of Everyday Life in Medieval Scotland
Edited by Edward Cowan and Lizanne Henderson

Essays in Criminal Law in Honour of Sir Gerald Gordon
James Chalmers, Fiona Leverick, and Lindsay Farmer

edinburGh universiTy press
112 | fa l l

This collection recounts the daily behaviors, experiences, and beliefs of the Scottish people from early times to 1600. Contributors establish the character of everyday life in Scotland as it developed over time and within specific contexts. Despite focusing on the mundane, the authors also heed the experience of war, famine, environmental disaster, and other disturbances, assessing long-term processes of change in religion, politics, and economic and social affairs. In showing how the extraordinary impinged on the everyday, this book draws on every possible kind of evidence, including a diverse range of documentary sources; artifactual, environmental, and archaeological materials; and the published work of many disciplines. Contributors respect a variety of Scottish voices and reveal the nature of daily life across rank, class, gender, age, religion, and ethnicity.
e d wa r d j . c o wa n is professor of

The Edinburgh History of the Greeks, ca. 500–1050
The Early Middle Ages

Florin Curta

Scottish history at the University of Glasgow.
l i z a n n e h e n d e r s o n is lecturer in

Florin Curta writes an absorbing account of the social, economic, and political factors of Greek life between 500 and 1050 c.e. His approach relies on archaeological evidence and information gleaned from coins and seals, fiscal documents, medieval chronicles, and hagiographic literature. Several themes connect his chapters: the Balkan context, the social role of the army, and the onset of economic growth. Special attention is paid to the size of the economy in early medieval Greece, and both social and economic aspects are treated as fundamentally overlapping spheres of activity.
f lo r i n c u r ta is associate professor

The essays in this volume honor the work of Sir Gerald Gordon, the most significant figure in Scottish criminal law of the twentieth-century. Through his groundbreaking work The Criminal Law of Scotland, now in its third edition, along with his many academic and professional contributions, Gordon’s influence on Scottish criminal law is unparalleled, reflected in the range of topics covered in this volume. Chapters address a variety of subjects of contemporary interest and cover both substantive and procedural criminal law. Contributors are practitioners and academics working within and outside of Scotland, demonstrating the extensive reach of Gordon’s work.
ja m e s c h a l m e r s is a senior lecturer

in law at the University of Edinburgh.
f io n a l e v e r i c k is a senior lecturer in

law at Glasgow University.
l i n dsay fa r m e r is a professor of law

at the University of Glasgow.

of medieval history and archaeology at the University of Florida.

history at the University of Dundee.

$40.00s paper 978-0-7486-2157-6 $130.00s cloth 978-0-7486-2156-9
F e b r ua ry

$105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3809-3
February

$100.00s cloth 978-0-7486-4070-6
noveMb er l aw ed inbur Gh sTu dies i n law

320 pages

352 pages / 1 b&w illus.

352 pages

a n c i e n T h i s To ry The e dinbur G h h i sTo ry o F T he Greeks

s c oT T i s h s T u d i e s a hisTory o F e v e ry day l iF e in scoT land

2010

p r e v i o u s ly a n n o u n c e d , n o w a v a i l a b l e

Active Citizenship
What It Could Achieve and How

edinburGh universiTy press

Edited by Bernard Crick and Andrew Lockyer

African American Studies
Edited by Jeanette R. Davidson

The Nation and Nationalism in Europe
An Introduction

African American Studies introduces the discipline’s rich area of inquiry and scholarship. It reproduces foundational content, demonstrates the inextricable link between social activism and community service within African American studies, and facilitates an understanding of related global perspectives. A comparative analysis highlights connections and disparities between black studies within the United Kingdom and the United States, and topics covered include African aesthetics; African American visual culture; African American womanist literature and theory; and African American religion and philosophy.
j e a n e t t e r . dav i d s o n is director

Pawel Karolewski and Andrzej Suszycki

This book explores contending approaches to nation and nationalism in Europe, including the issue of civic versus ethnic nationalism and attempts to overcome it. It also introduces three types of nationalism: ideology, social movement, and attitude, systematically treating sub-state and central-state nationalism. In conclusion, the text unpacks European nationalism in practice, through in-depth, single-country cases and cross-country comparisons in Britain, Bulgaria, Denmark, Germany, Italy, Latvia, Poland, and Sweden.
paw e l k a r o l e w s k i is adjunct pro-

Contributors consider the possibilities for active citizenship within areas of broad concern in U.K. politics: youth and justice, parliaments, women and equality, immigration, multiculturalism, schools, community, social inclusion, poverty, Europe, nationalisms, and Britishness. Each chapter considers the social and political consequences of a U.K. citizen culture and how this reality can be achieved.
s i r b e r n a r d c r i c k (1929–2008)

was professor emeritus of politics at Birkbeck College, honorary fellow in politics at the University of Edinburgh, and Stevenson Professor of Citizenship at the University of Glasgow. Crick’s numerous books include In Defence of Politics; George Orwell: A Life; Essays on Politics and Literature; Essays on Citizenship; and Democracy: A Short Introduction.
a n d r e w l o c k y e r is professor of

citizenship and social theory at the University of Glasgow. His publications include Juvenile Justice in Scotland; Education for Democratic Citizenship; and Youth Justice and Child Protection.

fessor of political science, University of Potsdam. a n d r z e j s u s z yc k i is a senior lecturer in international politics, Humboldt University.

of the African and African American studies program at the University of Oklahoma.

$35.00s paper 978-0-7486-3715-7 $105.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3714-0
n ov eM b e r

$29.50s paper 978-0-7486-3807-9 $90.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3806-2
January poliTics

$25.00s paper 978-0-7486-3867-3 $75.00s cloth 978-0-7486-3866-6
sep T eMb er poliTics

272 pages

272 pages

224 pages

aFrican aMerican sTudies i nT ro d u c i nG e Thn i c sT ud i es

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 113

chinese universiTy press
114 | fa l l

Daxue and Zhongyong
Bilingual Edition

The Other Voice
International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong, 2009 (with DVD)

Translated and Edited by Ian Johnston and Wang Ping

Edited by Gilbert C. F. Fong, Bei Dao, and Shelby K. Y. Chan

For eight hundred years, scholars have regarded the Daxue and the Zhongyong as essential, stand-alone critical studies of Confucian doctrine. Yet, in their original forms, these texts were part of a larger work, the Li Ji (Classic of Rites). This forty-chapter opus was promoted by the Song neo-Confucian scholar Zhu Xi, who extracted the Daxue and Zhongyong as separate texts. Translated and edited by Ian Johnston and Wang Ping, this volume contains a version and translation of the Daxue and Zhongyong as they appeared in the Li Ji, with annotations by the second-century Han scholar Zheng Xuan and the seventh-century Confucian classicist Kong Yingda. It also reproduces the reorganized and reinterpreted versions disseminated by Zhu Xi.
i a n j o h n s to n has just released a complete translation

This anthology features poems by Bei Dao, Luljeta Lleshanaku, Gary Snyder, and eleven other internationally renowned poets hailing from Albania, Egypt, Germany, Japan, Mexico, the United States, mainland China, Taiwan, and Hong Kong. In 2009, these artists assembled for International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong—the first such gathering to occur in the territory’s history. The works in this volume, selected by the poets themselves, are published in their original language as well as in Chinese and English. Included is a DVD sharing the remarkable events of this encounter and the backgrounds of the poets who participated.
g i l b e r t c . f. f o n g is an adjunct professor of translation

at the Chinese University of Hong Kong.
b e i dao is one of China’s most celebrated poets. His po-

and annotation of the classical philosophical treatise The Mozi. His published work concerns the later Mohists, and he has completed two translations of early Chinese poetry.
wa n g p i n g is lecturer in the School of Languages and

etry collections include Unlock, At the Sky’s Edge: Poems, 1991–1996, Landscape Over Zero, and Forms of Distance, and his work has been translated into more than twentyfive languages.
s h e l by k . y. c h a n is an editor and translator based in

Linguistics at the University of New South Wales.

Hong Kong.

$80.00s cloth 978-962-996-445-0
d e c eMb e r

$20.00s paper 978-962-996-440-5
sep TeM ber poeTry

800 pages

296 pages / 4 illus.

c h i n e s e l i T e r aT u r e / a s i a n s T u d i e s

2010

chinese universiTy press

A Step Towards the Unknown
A Memoir

Hong Kong Taxation
Law and Practice, 2010–2011

Charles K. Kao

Garry Laird and Ayesha Macpherson

Charles K. Kao was awarded the Nobel Prize in physics for “groundbreaking achievements concerning the transmission of light in fibers for optical communication.” This memoir chronicles his personal and scientific odyssey from an unfathomable childhood in war-torn Shanghai to seminal work with glass fibers. Kao shares his experiences as vice chancellor of the Chinese University of Hong Kong and muses on his legacy as the “father of fiber optics.” His groundbreaking research (based in part on the discovery that signal loss in fiber cables was a direct result of glass impurities rather than technology flaws) laid the groundwork for our present day communication infrastructure.
Born in Shanghai in 1933, c h a r l e s k . k ao moved to Hong Kong in 1948, eventually joining the staff at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. He founded the university’s Department of Electronics (later the Department of Electronic Engineering) in 1970 and taught for many years before serving as vice chancellor. He has won many awards and distinctions.

Hong Kong Taxation: Law and Practice, 2010–2011 is a comprehensive yet practical guide to the Hong Kong tax system. The volume explains the three main types of taxes in Hong Kong: property tax, salaries tax, and profits tax, and details all information relating to administration, assessment, and collection. Written clearly and accessibly with real-life examples and case studies, this popular resource continues to set the standard for up-to-date information on Hong Kong taxation law. This new edition covers taxation changes up to July of 2010.
g a r r y l a i r d is a senior tax advisor with KPMG. Prior

to working with KPMG, Laird was a tax specialist with the Australian Taxation Office and the Inland Revenue Department in Hong Kong.
ay e s h a m ac p h e r s o n is the partner in charge of tax ser-

vices at Hong Kong SAR, KPMG China. She began her work with KPMG in London before joining its Hong Kong offices in 1993. She is a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. She is also the chairperson of the Taxation Committee of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

$25.00s paper 978-962-996-447-4 $35.00s cloth 978-962-996-446-7
s e pT e Mb e r

$50.00s paper 978-962-996-434-4
ocTober l aw

864 pages

300 pages / 10 illus.

science / MeMoir

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 115

Through an American Lens, Hungary, 1938
Photographs of Margaret Bourke-White

Hungarian-Soviet Relations, 1920–1941
Attila Kolontári

easT european MonoGraphs
116 | fa l l

Edited by Katalin Kádár Lynn
Text by Károly Szerencés, Katalin Kádár Lynn, and Peter Strausz

Katalin Kádár Lynn’s recently discovered trove of Margaret Bourke-White’s mostly unpublished photographs were taken during the artist’s month-long trip to Hungary in 1938. The celebrated photojournalist shot riveting portraits of Hungary’s full political leadership right before the outbreak of war. From photos of Admiral Nicolas Horthy to Ferenc Szálasi, these images reveal Bourke-White’s skills as a master portraitist and the implied thoughts and attitudes of major figures as they faced a monumental juncture in history. This volume enriches Bourke-White’s photos with contextualizing essays by prominent historian Károly Szerencsés, speculating on BourkeWhite’s impressions as she visited Hungary for the first time. Her work speaks to the sadness, treachery, inevitability, and disappointment felt by a nation on the brink of war. A short biography and a brief history of modern Hungary round out the volume.
k ata l i n k á dá r ly n n is a historian specializing in the

Interwar relations between Hungary and the Soviet Union did not determine the subsequent fate of Europe. In fact, the two countries failed to maintain diplomatic contact for most of the period. Yet an examination of Hungarian-Soviet relations from the end of the First World War to the beginning of the Second World War provides some important revelations. Hungary, which emerged from the First World War as a vulnerable losing power, and Soviet Russia, recovering from severe economic and social upset, proceeded down divergent paths during these decades. Hungary achieved some of its revisionist objectives between 1938 and 1940; nevertheless, the country did not determine the direction of Europe’s political developments. The Soviet Union regained Great Power status, albeit in altered form, and, beginning with the intensification of political tensions within Europe during the 1930s, steadily increased its authority, placing the USSR with Germany as one of the continent’s supreme military powers. Moscow increasingly focused its attention on central Europe, treating some neighboring countries as being within its sphere of interest, but did Soviet leaders regard Hungary as part of this domain as well? Attila Kolontári attempts to answer this question while expanding our understanding of these events.
at t i l a ko lo n tá r i is assistant professor of history at the

United States, Central and East Europe during World War II, and the Cold War. She also serves as trustee of the American Hungarian Library and Historical Society of New York City.
károly szerencsé s is an associate professor in the New

and Contemporary Hungarian History Department, Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest.

University of Kaposvar, Hungary. His research concerns Hungarian-Soviet relations, Soviet foreign policy between the two world wars, and the history of white Russian emigration in Hungary.

$40.00s cloth 978-0-88033-678-9
se p Te Mb e r

$80.00s cloth 978-0-88033-675-8
de ceM ber h i s To ry ee M #772

130 pages / 70 photos

550 pages

p h oTo G r a p h y eeM # 7 75

2010

The Memory of the Habsburg Empire in German, Austrian, and Hungarian RightWing Historiography and Political Thinking, 1918–1941
Gergely Romsics

Balkan Cultural Legacies
Historical, Literary, and Fine Arts Perceptions

easT european MonoGraphs

Edited by Jelena Milojković-Djurić

Reproducing the political and historiographical debates surrounding the legacy of the Habsburg Empire, this book follows the transformation of historico-political thinking during the two world wars. The change begins in Germany, where völkish streams of the Conservative Revolution offered a radical new interpretation of history. These readings focused on the unchanging essence of the Volk and treated a certain idea of the Habsburg past as inorganic, “derailing” history and conflicting with the true calling of the German people. The völkish movement and its historiography both inspired and challenged Austrian and Hungarian intellectuals, asking them to either adopt or resist this new philosophy and the politics it represented. Building a history out of the realignment of German thought and its affect on small states within the country’s cultural orbit, this volume inventively captures the clash between domestic tradition and imported “innovation.”
g e r g e ly r o m s i c s is a research fellow at the Hungarian

The land, people, and history of the Balkan Peninsula have often attracted the attention of foreign historians and writers. Yet a lack of research in primary sources and an absence of critical evaluations of Serbian, Bosnian, and Croatian histories undermines the credibility of such work. This collection, penned by eminent historians, examines Balkan cultural legacies in a variety of contexts. They combine approaches from history, literature, fine arts, and architecture, and address issues crucial to the cultural identities of the Balkans and Serbs. Topics range from the activities of the Middle Ages to the early disintegration of Yugoslavia. Contributors focus on the question of territory and people and their geographical proximity. They examine commonalities among language, history, and cultural legacies, and revise conceptions of nationalism and ethnicity through an exploration of historical records and the political borders of state sovereignty.
j e l e n a m i loj kov i c - dj u r i c is the author of numerous

works on Balkan culture, including Tradition and Avantgarde: The Arts in Serbian Culture Between the Two World Wars; Panslavism and National Identity in the Balkans, 1830– 1880: Images of the Self and Other; The Eastern Question and the Voices of Reason: Austria-Hungary, Russia, and the Balkan States, 1875–1908; and Aspects of Balkan Culture: Social, Political, and Literary Perceptions. Institute of International Affairs.

$80.00s cloth 978-0-88033-676-5
de c eMb e r

$50.00s cloth 978-0-88033-674-1
ocTober h i s To ry eeM #77 1

550 pages

250 pages

p o l i T i c s / h i s To r y ee M # 7 73

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 117

Neither Woman Nor Jew
The Confluence of Prejudices in the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy at the Turn of the Century

Minority Hungarian Communities in the Twentieth Century
Edited by Nándor Bárdi, Csilla Fedinec, and László Szarka

Risky Region
Memoirs of a Hungarian Righteous Gentile

easT european MonoGraphs
118 | fa l l

Eugene de Thassy

András Gerő

András Gerő contextualizes the racialist, misogynist, and antiSemitic ideas that influenced public discourse among the Austrian faction of the Dual Monarchy.
a n d r á s g e r o is professor of his-

tory and chairman of the Department of History at Budapest University (ELTE). He is also professor of history at Central European University and the director of the Institute of Habsburg History.
$40.00s cloth 978-0-88033-669-7
n ov e Mb e r h i s To r y ee M # 767

190 pages

The authors survey the experiences of Hungarian minorities within Czechoslovakia, Romania, Yugoslavia, and Austria after World War I. They follow more than ninety years of social, political, economic, and cultural upheaval and examine in detail the relationship between such communities and the majority nations in which they were situated. The volume also recounts changes in these groups’ political and legal statuses.
nándor bárdi, csilla fedinec,

Eugene de Thassy describes life in Hungary between 1920 and 1945. He details his wartime experiences serving as a young army officer and joining with the antifascist resistance. His absorbing recollections recount efforts to save Jews and others facing persecution at a time of extreme difficulty and danger.
e u g e n e d e t h a s s y (1920–2008)

was the member of an old landowning family and studied at Ludovika, the Hungarian military academy. During World War II he served as a military officer, and in 1944 he joined the resistance. He left Hungary for France in 1946 and, five years later, emigrated to the United States, where he worked for Radio Free Europe and Voice of America. He is the author of many novels, short stories, and plays.

Social History of Fine Arts in Hungary, 1867–1918
Erika Szívós

and l á s z lÓ s z a r k a are prominent Hungarian researchers and members of the Research Institute of Ethnic and National Minorities at the Hungarian Academy of Sciences.

Erika Szívós places the fine arts and their practitioners in the political, cultural, and social context of the AustroHungarian monarchy. She investigates the influence of European patterns on the public role of the arts and the changing status of the artist in fin-de-siècle Hungary.
e rika szívÓs is assistant professor of

l á s z lÓ s z a r ka is director of the in-

stitute.

economic and social history at Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest.

$60.00s cloth 978-0-88033-670-3
n ov e Mb e r h i s To r y ee M # 76 8

$80.00s cloth 978-0-88033-677-2
de ce Mber h i s To ry ee M #774

$70.00s cloth 978-0-88033-672-7
nove Mber MeMoir ee M #770

300 pages

550 pages

450 pages

2010

Hungary Under Soviet Domination, 1944–1989
György Gyarmati and Tibor Valuch

The Place of Russia in Europe and Asia
Edited by Gyula Szvák

The Novel of Crepuscular Universes
Ion Vlad

easT european MonoGraphs

György Gyarmati and Tibor Valuch chronicle the significant years between the end of the Second World War and the game-changing events of 1989. During the so-called Rákosi Era, the Communist Party strictly controlled the operation of government and society. Yet everything changed with the revolution of 1956. The authors follow these developments in depth and pay considerable attention to the Kádár Era (1957–1989) and the affect of “Hungarian Socialism.”
györgy gyarmati is chief director of

Gyula Szvák selects essays from a series of seminars that took place between 1998 and 2008 under the auspices of the Russian Studies Center, Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest. Among the contributors are Nicholas V. Riasanovsky, Paul Dukes, Nancy S. Kollman, Maureen Perry, and the recently deceased Ruslan G. Skyrnnikov.
gy u l a sz vá k is professor of Russian

Ion Vlad investigates the heraldry of “the novel of ideas” and whether this taxonomy is still viable within the wide and heterogeneous sphere of narrative. He closely reads Thomas Mann, Robert Musil, Hermann Broch, Witold Gombrowicz, and Günter Grass.
i o n v l a d is emeritus professor in

philology at the University of Cluj, Romania.
$40.00s cloth 978-0-88033-663-5
s epT eMber

history and director of the Russian Studies Center at Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest. He is the author of fifteen books on Muscovy and the age of Peter the Great. His previous English-language monograph, False Tsars, was published in 2000.

160 pages

l i T e r a ry s T u d i e s eeM #764

the State Security Services Historical Archives. His primary research concerns Hungarian political and social history in the second half of the twentieth century.
t i b o r va lu c h is senior researcher at

Hungarian Americans in the Current of History
Steven Béla Várdy and Agnes Huszár Várdy

the Institute for the History of the 1956 Hungary Revolution. He specializes in twentieth-century Hungarian social and cultural history.

Twelve essays on HungarianAmerican history discuss Louis Kossuth’s tumultuous mid-nineteenth-century visit to the United States, the political activities of Hungarian Americans during and after World War II, and the question of dual and multiple identities, among other topics.
s t e v e n b é l a vá r dy is McAnulty

Distinguished Professor of European History, and ag n e s h u s z á r vá r dy is adjunct professor of comparative literature at Duquesne University.

$90.00s cloth 978-0-88033-637-6
o cTob e r h i s To r y e eM # 739

$50.00s cloth 978-0-88033-671-0
nove Mb er h i s To ry ee M #769

$60.00s cloth 978-0-88033-668-0
deceM ber h i s To ry eeM #766

648 pages

250 pages

302 pages

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 119

awa r d -w i n n i n G T i T l e s
120 | fa l l

There ’s nothing I can do w h e n I t h i n k o f y o u l at e at n i g h t

cao naiqian

fore

word

by

Se rSe ScO Tin MAr

Friendlyvision
fred friendly & the rise and fall of television Journalism
T r a n s l at e d by

TO BY

TA L BOT

john balcom

Ralph Engelman

Foreword by Morley Safer

The New Yorker Theater and Other Scenes from a Life at the Movies
Toby Talbot Shortlisted for the And/Or Moving Image Book Award
$24.95t/£16.95 cloth 978-0-231-14566-4 $24.95t/£16.95 ebook 978-0-231-51982-3

There’s Nothing I Can Do When I Think of You Late at Night
Cao Naiqian Nominated for the Northern California Book Award for Translation
$26.50s/£18.50 cloth 978-0-231-14810-8 $26.50s/£18.50 ebook 978-0-231-51973-1

Friendlyvision
Ralph Engelman Abraham Krasnoff Memorial Award for a Single Scholarly Work

$34.50s/£24.00 cloth 978-0-231-13690-7 $34.50s/£24.00 ebook 978-0-231-51020-2

Zoographies
Matthew Calarco Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$26.50s/£18.50 paper 978-0-231-14023-2 $89.50s/£62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14022-5 $89.50s/£62.00 ebook 978-0-231-51157-5

Autism’s False Prophets
Paul A. Offit, M.D. Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$16.95t/£11.95 paper 978-0-231-14637-1 $24.95t/£16.95 cloth 978-0-231-14636-4 $24.95t/£16.95 ebook 978-0-231-51796-6

Hyping Health Risks
Geoffrey C. Kabat Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$29.95t/£19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14148-2 $29.95t/£19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51196-4

African Film and Literature
Adapting Violence to the Screen

Lindiwe Dovey

Weimar Cinema
Noah Isenberg Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$27.50s/£19.00 paper 978-0-231-13055-4 $89.50s/£62.00 cloth 978-0-231-13054-7 $89.50s/£62.00 ebook 978-0-231-50385-3

Europe Through Arab Eyes, 1578–1727
Nabil Matar Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$50.00s/£34.50 cloth 978-0-231-14194-9 $50.00s/£34.50 ebook 978-0-231-51208-4

African Film and Literature
Lindiwe Dovey Choice Outstanding Academic Title
$32.50s/£22.50 paper 978-0-231-14755-2 $89.50s/£62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14754-5 $89.50s/£62.00 ebook 978-0-231-51938-0

2010

Building an Enduring Business by Managing the Risks of Growth

Growth

Smart

Edward D. Hess
The Mutual Fund Industry
Competition and Investor Welfare

Smart Growth
Building an Enduring Business by Managing the Risks of Growth

Stalking the Black Swan
Research and Decision Making in a World of Extreme Volatility

besT oF The backlisT

R. Glenn Hubbard et al.
“an excellent economic analysis.”—clement G. krouse, university of california, santa barbara

Edward D. Hess
“a provocative, useful, evidencebased approach to understanding the principles of corporate growth.”—Mary ann Glynn, boston college

Kenneth A. Posner
“a unique combination of psychology, statistics, and economics.”—aswath damodaran, new york university

$34.95t / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-15182-5
2 01 0

$27.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-15050-7
2010

$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15048-4
2010

256 pages / 5 illus., 26 tables

224 pages / 15 tables

288 pages / 79 illus.

The Aid Trap
Hard Truths About Ending Poverty

Strategic Intuition
The Creative Spark in Human Achievement

More Than You Know
Finding Financial Wisdom in Unconventinal Places (Updated and Expanded)

R. Glenn Hubbard and William Duggan
“That rare prescriptive book, and the world must pay attention.” —Muhammad yunus, winner of the nobel peace prize

William Duggan
“The best strategy book of the year.”—Strategy+Business

Michael J. Mauboussin
named best business book by businessweek and best economics book by Strategy+Business.

$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14562-6
2009

$27.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-14268-7
2007

$27.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-14372-1
2007

212 pages

208 pages

320 pages / 20 illus., 10 tables
c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 121

The Columbia Gazetteer of the World
Second Edition Edited by Saul Cohen

The Columbia Encyclopedia of Modern Drama
Edited by Gabrielle H. Cody and Evert Sprinchorn

The Columbia Granger’s Index to Poetry in Anthologies
Thirteenth Edition Edited by Tessa Kale

besT oF The backlisT
122 | fa l l

$595.00s / £425.00 cloth 978-0-231-14554-1
2 0 0 8 • RE F E R E N C E

$450.00s / £225.00 cloth 978-0-231-14032-4
2007 • R E F E R E N C E / DRAMA

$350.00s / £241.50 cloth 978-0-231-13988-5
2007 • REFERENCE / POETRY

Kitchen Mysteries
Hervé This

Molecular Gastronomy
Hervé This

Building a Meal
Hervé This

$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14171-0 $22.95t / £16.50 cloth 978-0-231-14170-3
2 0 07 • FO O D / S C I E N C E

$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-13313-5 $29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-13312-8
2006 • FO O D / S C I E N C E

$19.95t / £11.95 cloth 978-0-231-14466-7
2009 • FOOD / SCIENCE 

Evolution
Donald R. Prothero

Climate Change
Edmond A. Mathez

The Late Age of Print
Ted Striphas

$29.50s / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-13962-5
2 0 07 • SC I E N C E

$55.00s / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-14642-5
2009 • S C I E N C E

$27.50s / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-14814-6
2009 • L ITERARY STUDIES / H ISTORY

Inside Terrorism
Revised Edition Bruce Hoffman

Man, the State, and War
Revised Edition Kenneth N. Waltz

Autism’s False Prophets
Paul A. Offit, M.D.

$24.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-12699-1 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-12698-4
2 0 0 6 • C U R R E N T A F FA I R S / P O L I T I C S

$30.00s / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-12537-6
2005 • P O L I T I C S

$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14637-1 $24.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-14636-4
2008 • SCIENCE / HEALTH

Darsan
Third Edition Diana L. Eck

The Autobiography of Yukichi Fukuzawa
Yukichi Fukuzawa

Political Liberalism
Expanded Edition John Rawls

$23.00s / £16.00 cloth 978-0-231-11265-9
2 0 07 • RE L I G I O N / AS I A N ST U D I E S

$34.00s / £23.50 paper 978-0-231-13987-8 $105.00s / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-13986-1
2007 • AS I A N ST U D I E S / M EMOIR

$24.95t / £18.95 paper 978-0-231-13089-9 $75.00s / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-13088-2
2004 • P HILOSOPHY

2010

The Sacred Universe
Thomas Berry

t h i s i n c - This Incredible redible
julia kristeva

Need to Believe
Julia Kristeva

Br i g ht Wi n g s
An Illustrated Anthology of

Bright Wings
Edited by Billy Collins Paintings by David Allen Sibley

besT oF The backlisT

Poems About Birds

need to
Edited by

B

i l l y

C

o l l i n s

Pa i n t i n g s b y D a v i D

allen siBley

believe
$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14952-5
2 0 0 9 • NAT U R E / R E L I G I O N

$19.95t / £13.95 cloth 978-0-231-14784-2
2009 • P H I LOS O P H Y / R E L I G ION

$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-15084-2
2009 • P OETRY / NATURE

•   • Turning Points in the Making of American Cuisine

30

Eating History
Andrew F. Smith

Eating History
Andrew F. Smith

The New Yorker Theater and Other Scenes from a Life at the Movies
fore word by

The Greater New York Sports Chronology
the

Se rSe ScO Tin MAr

Toby Talbot

York Greater New onology sports chr ey A. kroe ssler jeffr

Jeffrey A. Kroessler

TOBY

TAL BOT

$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14092-8
2 0 0 9 • FO O D / AM E R I C A N ST U D I E S

$24.95t / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-14566-4
2009 • F I L M ST U D I E S / NE W YORK

$24.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-14649-4 $74.50s / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-14648-7
2009 • S PORTS / N EW YORK

C O L U M B I A

C O N T E M P O R A R Y

A M E R I C A N

R E L I G I O N

S E R I E S

Jane I. Smith

Islam in America
Second Edition Jane I. Smith

Mark c. taylor

ISLAM
IN AMERICA

Field Notes from Elsewhere
Mark C. Taylor

“A major contribution to historical Palestinian nationalism.” —Foreign Affairs

Palestinian Identity
Rashid Khalidi

Field Notes 
From ElsEwhErE
••••••••••••••••••••

Rashid Khalidi
r e f l ec t i o n s o n dy i n g a n d l i v i n g

Palestinian Identity
The ConsTruCTion of Modern naTional ConsCiousness

SECOND EDITION

wiTh a new inTroduCTion by The auThor

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14711-8 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14710-1
2 0 0 9 • RE L I G I O N / AM E R I C A N ST U D I E S

$26.95t / £17.95 cloth 978-0-231-14780-4
2009 • R E L I G I O N / M E M O I R

$22.95t / £15.95 paper 978-0-231-15075-0 $74.50s / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-15074-3
2009 • M IDDLE E AST STUDIES

The Scandal of Susan Sontag
Edited by Barbara Ching and Jennifer A. Wagner-Lawlor

Chomsky Notebook
Edited by Jean Bricmont and Julie Franck

GyörGyLuk Ács

Soul and Form
György Lukács

soul

form form

c h o m s ky
notebook
Edited by

Edited by

John T. Sanders & Katie Terezakis
Introduction by

julie franck + jean bricmont

Judith Butler

$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14917-4 $79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14916-7
2 0 0 9 • ESSAYS / CR I T I C I S M

$29.50s / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14475-9 $89.50s / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14474-2
2009 • P H I LOS O P H Y / P O L I T ICS / LINGUISTICS

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14981-5 $84.50s / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-14980-8
2009 • P HILOSOPHY / L ITERARY STUDIES

Jewish Terrorism in Israel
Ami Pedahzur and Arie Perliger

America’s Response to China
Fifth Edition Warren I. Cohen

PALEOCLIMATES
Understanding Climate Change Past and Present

Paleoclimates
Thomas M. Cronin

Thomas M. Cronin

$29.50s / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15446-8
2 0 0 9 • MI D D L E EAST ST U D I E S /
CURRE N T ST U D I E S

$27.50s / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15077-4 $84.50s / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15076-7
2009 • P O L I T I C S / A M E R I C A N STUDIES /
AS I A N ST U D I E S

$95.00s / £65.50 cloth 978-0-231-14494-0
2009 • S CIENCE

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 123

Accounting for Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Ackerley,.C ..J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Action/Adventure Films. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Active Citizenship.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Adebajo,.Adekeye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Adib-Moghaddam,.Arshin. . . . . . . . . . . .81 African American Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . 113 . African Film and Literature. . . . . . . . . . 120 After Evil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 After Pluralism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Agamben,.Giorgio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Ahmed,.Habib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Aid Trap, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Allen,.Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 American Short Story Since 1950, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 American.Society.of.Magazine.Editors,. The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 America’s Response to China. . . . . . . . . .123 Anarchic Sea, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Anderson,.David.L . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 63 Animal Ethics in Context. . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Animal Rights Debate, The. . . . . . . . . . . 29 Apart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Armbrecht,.Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Atkinson,.John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Audience Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Autism’s False Prophets. . . . . . . . . .120,.122 Autobiography of Yukichi Fukuzawa, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Badiou,.Alain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Badiou and Cinema. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Balkan Cultural Legacies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 . Bangladesh and Pakistan. . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Barash,.David.P .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Barbarous Philosophers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Bárdi,.Nándor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Barthes,.Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Basu,.Anustup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Beal,.Joan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Beckett and Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Behind the Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Bender,.Courtney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Bensaid,.Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Berry,.Thomas .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .123 Best American Magazine Writing 2010, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Beyond the ‘Wild Tribes’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Beyond the Final Score . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Billson,.Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Blasted Literature .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 102 Boddy,.Kasia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Bogue,.Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Bollywood in the Age of New Media. . . 108 Bousquet,.Antoine.J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Bricmont,.Jean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Bright Wings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Bristol-Rhys,.Jane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Broadie,.Alexander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Brooker,.Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Brookshaw,.Dominic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Brown,.Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Brown,.Keith.M .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Brown,.Wendy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 14 Bryan,.Steven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Buddhist Philosophy of Language in India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Building a Meal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Burbano-Elizondo,.Lourdes. . . . . . . . . 109 Butler,.Judith. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Cachia,.Pierre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Calarco,.Matthew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Calhoun,.Craig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Capturing Carbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Carter,.Steven.D ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cavarero,.Adriana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 CBS’s Don Hollenbeck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 . Cha,.Victor.D .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Chalmers,.James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Chan,.Shelby.K ..Y .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 . Cheese, Pears, and History in a Proverb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chen,.Xiaomei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Ching,.Barbara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Chomsky Notebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Chute,.Hillary.L .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Cinema of India, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Circulating Genius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Classical Arabic Stories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Climate Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Clio Wired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Cody,.Gabrielle.H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Cohen,.Avner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Cohen,.Saul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Cohen,.Stephen.F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Cohen,.Warren.I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Coker,.Christopher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Colás,.Alejandro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Coleman,.David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Collins,.Billy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Colman,.Jonathan .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 97 Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Drama, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Columbia Encyclopedia of Modern Drama, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Columbia Gazetteer of the World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Columbia Granger’s Index to Poetry in Anthologies, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 . Columbia History of the Vietnam War, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Connell,.Barbara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Contemporary Arab Broadcast Media. . . 98 Contemporary British Drama . . . . . . . . 108 Cooper,.Ian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Cowan,.Edward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . Crangle,.Sara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Craving Earth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Crick,.Bernard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Cronin,.Thomas.M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Cultural Identity and Political Ethics. . . . 94 Cultural Studies and the Study of Popular Culture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Curious Tale of Mandogi’s Ghost, The. . . 45 Curse of Berlin, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Curta,.Florin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Czech and Slovak Cinema. . . . . . . . . . . 107 Dao,.Bei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Darsan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Davidson,.Christopher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Davidson,.Jeanette.R .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 . Davis,.Whitney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Daxue.and Zhongyong. . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Day,.Gail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Day,.Gary .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .103 Dayan,.Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Degenhardt,.Jane.Hwang. . . . . . . . . . 100 . de.Greiff,.Pablo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . Deleuze and Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Deleuze and Political Activism. . . . . . . . 95 . Deleuze Dictionary, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 . Deleuzian Fabulation and the Scars of History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 de.Man,.Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Demented Particulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Democracy in What State?. . . . . . . . . . . 14 Demon at Agi Bridge and Other Anecdotal Japanese Tales, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Derrida and Hospitality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 de.Thassy,.Eugene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Diagnosis: Schizophrenia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Dialectical Passions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Disarming the Past . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Disaster Deferred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 DNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Domination and Lordship. . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Donghaile,.Deaglán.Ó. . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Doniger,.Wendy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Dorrien,.Gary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Dovey,.Lindiwe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Duggan,.William .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 121 East Asia Before the West . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Eating History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Eck,.Diana.L .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 . Economy, Difference, Empire. . . . . . . . . . 28 Ed Koch and the Rebuilding of New York City. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 . Edinburgh History of the Greeks, ca . 5001050, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Edmund Spenser’s ‘The.Faerie Queene’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 El-Hibri,.Tayeb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Emirati Women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Engelman,.Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Essays in Criminal Law in Honour of Sir Gerald Gordon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Ethics for Today, An. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Europe Through Arab Eyes, 1578–1727. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Evans,.David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Evans,.Fred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Evolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Explorations Into Arab Folk Literature. . 100 Exploring the Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 . Farmer,.Lindsay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

auThor / TiTle index

124 | fa l l

2010

Fate, Time, and Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Favarel-Garrigues,.Gilles . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Fedinec,.Csilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Field Notes from Elsewhere. . . . . . . . . . .123 Film Authorship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Fong,.Gilbert.C ..F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Ford,.Dolly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Foreign Policy of Lyndon B . Johnson, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Formicola,.Allan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Francione,.Gary.L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Franck,.Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Friendlyvision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 From Agamben to ŽiŽek. . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 From Mao to Market. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 From Tartan to Tartanry . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Fukuzawa,.Yukichi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Gaffney,.Freddie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Gardiner,.Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Garner,.Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Genetic Justice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Gentz,.Natascha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 . German Colonialism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Germanà,.Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Gerő,.András . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Gest,.Justin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ghiglione,.Loren. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 . Gilbert and Sullivan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Gilbert,.Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Gillet,.Villa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Globalized Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Gold Standard at the Turn of the Twentieth Century, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . . Gomez-Muller,.Alfredo. . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Gopalan,.Lalitha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Gottlieb,.Sidney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Gow,.James. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Gramsci,.Antonio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50–51 Graphic Women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . Greater New York Sports Chronology, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Greece in Asia Minor, 1919–1922. . . . . . . 72 Guilhot,.Nicolas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Gyarmati,.György. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Habermas,.Jürgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Haiku Before Haiku. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Hames,.Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Hanning,.Robert.W .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 . Harmony and War. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Hatred and Forgiveness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Haunting Legacies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Henderson,.Lizanne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . Hensman,.Rohini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Hernandez-Cordero,.Lourdes . . . . . . . . 83 Hess,.Edward.D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 History of Everyday Life in Medieval Scotland, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . History of Finland, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 History of Namibia, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 History of Scottish Philosophy, A. . . . . . . 111 History of the Scottish Parliament. . . . . 111 .

Hitchcock Annual, Volume 10. . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 11 . . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 12. . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 13 . . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 14. . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 15 . . . . . . . . . 93 Hitchcock Annual, Volume 16. . . . . . . . . 92 Hitchcock Annual Anthology, The. . . . . . 92 Hoffman,.Bruce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Hollywood’s Blacklists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Hong Kong Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Horrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Housby,.Elaine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Howard,.Dick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 How Women Got Their Curves and Other Just-So Stories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Hubbard,.R ..Glenn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Hubert Harrison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Humans, Beasts, and Ghosts. . . . . . . . . 44 . Humphries,.Reynold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Hungarian Americans in the Current of History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Hungarian-Soviet Relations, 1920–1941 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Hungary Under Soviet Domination, 1944– 1989. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Hyping Health Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Implied Spider, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 In Lady Audley’s Shadow. . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Inside New York 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Inside Terrorism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Inside the Red Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 International Film Guide 2010. . . . . . . . 90 . Introduction to Regional Englishes, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Invention of International Relations Theory, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Isenberg,.Noah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 . Islamic Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . 99 Islamic Conversion and Christian Resistance on the Early Modern Stage.100 Islamic Finance in the Global Economy. 98 Islamic Financial Services in Great Britain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Islam in America. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Israeli Secret Services and the Struggle Against Terrorism, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Jayyusi,.Salma.Khadra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Jewish Terrorism in Israel. . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Johnston,.Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 John Webster, Renaissance Dramatist. . .105 Jun,.Nathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Kabat,.Geoffrey.C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Kabir,.Nahid.Afrose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Kale,.Tessa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Kamuf,.Peggy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Kang,.David.C .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Kao,.Charles.K .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Kaplan,.Sydney.Janet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Karolewski,.Pawel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Keller,.Lisa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 . Khalidi,.Rashid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Kiesling,.Scott.F .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Kinahan,.John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Kitchen Mysteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Klassen,.Pamela.E .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Klein,.Menachem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Knowledge Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Kolodko,.Grzegorz.W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Kolontári,.Attila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Krimsky,.Sheldon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Kristeva,.Julia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,.123 Kroessler,.Jeffrey.A .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 . Kwon,.Heonik. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Lahlali,.El.Mustapha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Laird,.Garry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Lampert-Weissig,.Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Lane,.David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 . Langbehn,.Volker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Lanza,.Fabio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Late Age of Print, The. . . . . . . . . . . .52,.122 Let the Right One In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Leverick,.Fiona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Lindner,.Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Ling,.Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Lipton,.Judith.Eve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Literary Criticism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Literature of the 1980s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Llamas,.Carmen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Lockyer,.Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Lohmann,.Roger.A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Luisi,.Pier.Luigi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 . Lukács,.György. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Lumsden,.Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Lynn,.Katalin.Kádár . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Mabee,.Bryan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 MacDonald,.Alan.R .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 MacDonald,.Graeme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Macpherson,.Ayesha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Man, the State, and War. . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Mason,.Susan.E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Matar,.Nabil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Mathez,.Edmond.A .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Mauboussin,.Michael.J .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 McCrea,.Lawrence.J .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 . McEachern,.Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 McInnes,.Rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 McMillan,.Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Media Persian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Medieval Literature and Postcolonial Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Meinander,.Henrik. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Meister,.Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Memoir of Forgetting the Capital Flowers (Miyakowasure no ki). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 . Memory of the Habsburg Empire in German, Austrian, and Hungarian Right-Wing Historiography and Political Thinking, 1918–1941, The. . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Mercenaries, Pirates, Bandits and Empires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Metahistory of the Clash of Civilisations, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 . Milam,.William.B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 125

auThor / TiTle index

Miller,.Rachel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Miller,.Richard.B .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Mills,.Robin.M ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Milojković-Djurić,.Jelena . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Mind and Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Minority Hungarian Communities in the Twentieth Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Mobilizing the Community for Better Health. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Modern Diachronic Corpus-Assisted Discourse Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Molecular Gastronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Monde, Le. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Montanari,.Massimo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 More Than You Know. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Moser,.Charlotte.A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Multivoiced Body, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Mutual Fund Industry, The . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Naiqian,.Cao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Nancy,.Jean-Luc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Napoli,.Philip.M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Narlikar,.Amrita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Nation and Nationalism in Europe, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Neither Woman Nor Jew. . . . . . . . . . . . .118 New Muslim Brotherhood in the West, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 New Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 New Yorker Theater and Other Scenes from a Life at the Movies, The. . . .120,.123 Nicholson,.Andrew.J .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Nixon,.Mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Not Being God .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 59 Novelist’s Lexicon, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 . Novel of Crepuscular Universes, The . . . .119 Noys,.Benjamin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 O’Gallagher,.Niall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Obscure Locks, Simple Keys. . . . . . . . . . .101 Oeppen,.Ceri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Offit,.Paul.A .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,.120,.122 Omand,.David. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 One Hundred Poets, One Poem Each. . . 60 Oram,.Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Other Cold War, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Other Voice, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Owen,.J ..Judd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Owen,.John.M .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Paleoclimates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Palestinian Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Palmer,.Clare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Parable and Politics in Early Islamic History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Parr,.Adrian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Partington,.Alan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Patel,.Ana.Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Patil,.Parimal.G .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Pedahzur,.Ami . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,.123 Penman,.Stephen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Perliger,.Arie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Perry,.Jeffrey.B .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Persian Gulf and Pacific Asia, The. . . . . . 80 Persistence of the Negative, The . . . . . . . 97

Perversion for Profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Ping,.Wang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Place of Russia in Europe and Asia, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Policing Economic Crime in Russia . . . . . 70 Political Liberalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Politics of Culture and the Spirit of Critique. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Porter,.Robin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . Posner,.Kenneth.A .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Power of Religion in the Public Sphere, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Power of the Internet in China, The .. .. .. .. 54 Preparation of the Novel, The. . . . . . . . . . 2 Primacy of the Political, The. . . . . . . . . . 64 Prison Notebooks, Three Volume Set. . . . 51 . Prison Notebooks, Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . 50 Prison Notebooks, Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . 50 Prison Notebooks, Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Product Development In Islamic Banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Promises of Liberty, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Prosaic Desires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Prothero,.Donald.R .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Queer Beauty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . Rancière,.Jacques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rawls,.John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Reds at the Blackboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Reforming the International Financial System for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Reichert,.Elisabeth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Religion, the Enlightenment, and the New Global Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Resolving Community Conflicts and Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Responsibility of the Philosopher, The . . . .15 Rethinking Islamophobia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Revisioning 007. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Rhoten,.Diana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 . Rhythm in Literature After the Crisis in Verse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Risky Region. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 . Robert K . Merton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Robinson,.Greg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Rockhill,.Gabriel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Rolston,.Holmes,.III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Romantic Predicament, The . . . . . . . . . 104 Romsics,.Gergely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Rorty,.Richard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Rosenfield,.Israel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Rosenzweig,.Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Ross,.Kristin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Rubenstein,.Mary-Jane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Sacred Universe, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Śakuntalā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Salama,.Mohammad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Sayyid,.Salman. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Scandal of Susan Sontag, The. . . . . . . . .123 Schlenkhoff,.Angela. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Schoon,.Natalie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Schwab,.Gabriele. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Scientific Way of Warfare, The. . . . . . . . . 56

Scottish Literature and Postcolonial Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Scottish Women’s Gothic and Fantastic Writing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Securing the State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Selected Poems by Robert Burns in Chinese Translation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Sellors,.C ..Paul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Serious Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Shift, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Shirane,.Haruo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sibley,.David.Allen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Simoncelli,.Tania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Simons,.Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Singh,.J ..P .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 . Sloggett,.Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Smart Growth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Smith,.Andrew.F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Smith,.Daniel.W . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 95 Smith,.Ian.Hadyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Smith,.Jane.I .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Social History of Fine Arts in Hungary, 1867–1918. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 . Social Work and Human Rights . . . . . . . 83 Sociolinguistic Variation and Change. . 109 . Soffer,.Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sok-pom,.Kim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Solomonidis,.Victoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 . Soul and Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Soviet Fates and Lost Alternatives. . . . . . 54 Splice, Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Splice, Volume 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 . Sprinchorn,.Evert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Stalking the Black Swan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Stein,.Seth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 . Step Towards the Unknown, A. . . . . . . . 115 Still,.Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Storey,.John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . Strange Wonder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Strategic Intuition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Striphas,.Ted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52,.122 Strub,.Whitney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Studying British Cinema: The 1980s. . . . 89 Sundaram,.Jomo.Kwame. . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Suszycki,.Andrzej. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Svirsky,.Marcelo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Szarka,.László. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 . Szívós,.Erika. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Szvák,.Gyula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Talbot,.Toby. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120,.123 Tanizaki,.Jun’ichiro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Taylor,.Charles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 . Taylor,.Clarence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Taylor,.Mark.C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Terror, Religion, and Liberal Thought. . . . . 11 Thapar,.Romila. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 There’s Nothing I Can Do When I Think of You Late at Night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Thin Places. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 . This,.Hervé. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 This Incredible Need to Believe . . . . . . . .123 Three Big Bangs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

auThor / TiTle index

126 | fa l l

2010

Through an American Lens, Hungary, 1938. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 To Follow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tomaiuolo,.Saverio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Tragedy of Democracy, A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Triumph of Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Truth, Errors, and Lies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Tsesis,.Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Understanding Torture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Unifying Hinduism .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76 . Urban North-Eastern English. . . . . . . . 109 Vaccines and Your Child. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . Vakil,.Abdulkaroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Valuch,.Tibor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 . van.Hulle,.Dirk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Vaninskaya,.Anna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Van.Loon,.Borin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Van.Til,.Jon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Várdy,.Agnes.Huszár . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Várdy,.Steven.Béla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Vattimo,.Gianni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,.59 Vidino,.Lorenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Vlad,.Ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Wagner-Lawlor,.Jennifer.A .. . . . . . . . . . .123 Waldorf,.Lars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 84 Wallace,.David.Foster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 . Wallace,.Marion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Walter Scott and the Limits of Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Waltz,.Kenneth.N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Wang,.Yuan-kang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 War and War Crimes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Warde,.Ibrahim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Weimar Cinema. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 West,.Cornel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 William Morris and the Idea of Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Williams,.Carolyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Wisnewski,.J ..Jeremy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Witchfinder General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Workers, Globalization, and Crisis. . . . . . 76 Worst-Kept Secret, The .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47 Yang,.Guobin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Young,.Sera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Young British Muslims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Zhongshu,.Qian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Ziff,.Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Žižek,.Slavoj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Zoographies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Zurcher,.Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

c u p. c o l u m b i a . e d u  | 127

auThor / TiTle index

CLIENT PRESSES SUBAGENTS FOR COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS
128 | fa l l

chinese

ko r e a n

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS I S T H E D I S T R I B U TO R O F T I T L E S F R O M T H E S E P R E S S E S . P L E A S E C O N TA C T E A C H P R E S S D I R E C T LY R E G A R D I N G E D I TO R I A L I N Q U I R I E S A N D R I G H T S . american institute of buddhist studies

Joanne Yang Bardon Chinese Media Agency 3F, No. 150 Roosevelt Road Section 2 Taipei 100, TAIWAN tel: (886) 2 236 44995 fax: (886) 2 236 41967 [email protected] Whitney Hsu Sales Representative Andrew Nurnberg Associates International 10F, No. 170, Sec. 4, Nan-King East Rd. Tapei 105, TAIWAN tel: (886) 2 236 44995 fax: (886) 2 236 41967 Jackie Huang Andrew Nurnberg Associates International Room 1705 Culture Square No.59 Jia Zhongguancun Street Haidian District Beijing, 100872, P.R. CHINA tel: (86) 10 888 10959 fax: (86) 10 888 19160 [email protected]
dutch

Jeffrey Kim Best Literary & Rights Agency #404, 397-9, Hapjung-dong Mapo-gu, Seoul (121-220)
KOREA (SOUTH)

tel: (82) 502 333 2794 fax: (82) 2 323 2795 [email protected] Ms. Yumi Chun Bestun Korea #312 Seoktop Officetel 1588-7 Seocho-dong, Seocho-gu 137-073 Seoul, KOREA [email protected] Eric Yang Agency 3F, e B/D, 54-7 Banpo-dong, Seocho-ku 137-803 Seoul, KOREA tel: (82) 2 529 3356 fax: (82) 2 592 3359 [email protected] Ms. MiSook Hong Korea Copyright Center Gyonghigung-achim Officetel Rm. 520 Compound 3, Naesu-dong 72 Chongno Seoul, 110-070, KOREA tel: (82) 2 725 3350 fax: (82) 2 725 3612
polish

Columbia University 80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303 New York, NY 10027 www.aibs.columbia.edu
auteur publishing

The Old Surgery 9 Pulford Road Leighton Buzzard LU7 1AB www.auteur.co.uk in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and Latin America (selected titles)
chinese university press

The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong www.chineseupress.com in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and Latin America (selected titles)
east european monographs

4800 Baseline Rd. E-104-403 Boulder, CO 80303
edinburgh university press

Uli Rushby-Smith 72 Plimsoll Road, Islington N4 2EE London
UNITED KINGDOM

tel/fax: (44) 207 354 2718 [email protected]
german

Peter Fritz Paul & Peter Fritz AG Postfach 1773 8032 Zurich, SWITZERLAND tel: (41) 1 388 4140 fax: (41) 1 388 4130 [email protected]
i ta l i a n

Maria Starz-Kanska GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency ul. Radna 12/15 00-341 Warsaw, POLAND tel: (48) 22 828 1284 fax: (48) 22 828 0880
portuguese

22 George Square Edinburgh EH 8 Scotland www.eup.ed.ac.uk in the USA, its possessions, and Latin America (selected titles)
european consortium for political research

Karin Schindler, Literary Agent Caixa Postal 19051 04505-970 Sao Paolo, BRAZIL tel: (55) 11 5041 9177 fax: (55) 11 5041 9077 [email protected]
s pa n i s h

University of Essex Wivenhoe Park, Colchester Essex co4 3sq www.essex.ac.uk/ecpr in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and Latin America (selected titles)
social science research council

Pina von Prellwitz EULAMA Agency Via Guido de Ruggiero 28 I-00142 Rome, ITALY tel: (39) 6 540 7309 fax: (39) 6 540 8772 [email protected]
j a pa n e s e

Raquel de la Concha Agencia Literaria RDC c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha 28004 Madrid, SPAIN tel: (34) 91 308 5585 fax: (34) 91 308 5600 [email protected]
turkish

810 Seventh Avenue New York, NY 10019 www.ssrc.org
u n i v e r s i t y o f t o k yo p r e s s

Tsutomu Yawata The English Agency Sakuragi Bldg, 4F 6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku 107-0062 Tokyo, JAPAN tel: (81) 3 3406 5385 fax: (81) 3 3406 5387 [email protected]

7-3-1 Hongo, Bunkyo-ku Tokyo 113-91, Japan in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and Latin America (selected titles)
wa l l f l o w e r p r e s s

Attila Akcali Akcali Copyright Trade Bahariye Cad. 8/6, Kadikoy 81300 Istanbul, TURKEY tel: (90) 216 338 8771 fax: (90) 216 349 0778 [email protected]

Wallflower Press 97 Sclater Street London E1 6HR www.wallflowerpress.co.uk in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and Latin America (selected titles)

electronic books —e-books
New titles now available in electronic editions are listed in this catalog with price and ISBN information designated “e-book.” Hundreds of backlist titles are also available. Currently e-books are available only to libraries and institutions through select vendors —NetLibrary, Blackwell Book Services, Baker & Taylor, Follett Library Resources, and others. Please contact these vendors or the sales manager for more information.

2010